A ladder logic instruction that retrieves specified controller status information and places it in a destination tag. —. Multicast. The transmission of information from ...
Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Catalog Numbers 5069-IA16, 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK, 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16F, 5069-IB16K, 5069-IB6F-3W, 5069-OA16, 5069-OB8, 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK, 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16F, 5069-OB16K, 5069-OW4I, 5069-OW16, 5069-OX4I User Manual Original Instructions Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules User Manual Important User Information Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation, configuration, and operation of this equipment before you install, configure, operate, or maintain this product. Users are required to familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes, laws, and standards. Activities including installation, adjustments, putting into service, use, assembly, disassembly, and maintenance are required to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice. If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired. In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment. The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams. No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual. Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc., is prohibited. Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations. WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss. ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence. IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product. Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions. SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present. BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures. ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to potential Arc Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). 2 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Table of Contents Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Summary of Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Graphics Indicate Feature Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Additional Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Chapter 1 Controller and Software Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Controller Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Software Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Types of Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Module Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Local I/O Modules or Remote I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Local I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Remote I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Secure Access to the System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Multiple Owners of Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Configuration Changes in a Standard Input Module with Multiple Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Construct a System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Local I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Remote I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Use a 5069-ARM Address Reserve Module to Reserve a Node Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Power the Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Use a 5069-FPD Field Potential Distributor to Establish New SA Power Buses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Power Requirements When You Use Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Configure the Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Connections with Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Connections with Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Requested Packet Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Connection Over an EtherNet/IP Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Input Module Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Local Compact 5000 I/O Digital Input Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Trigger Events for Standard Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Remote Compact 5000 I/O Digital Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Output Module Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Local Compact 5000 I/O Digital Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Remote Compact 5000 I/O Digital Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Listen Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Connection Over EtherNet/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Additional Considerations With Listen Only Connections . . . . . . . 50 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 3 Table of Contents External Means . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Connection Over EtherNet/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Additional Considerations With Connections When You Use External Means. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Protected Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Considerations Specific to Safety Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Overall System Safety Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Single-channel or Dual-channel Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Use with Safety Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Determine Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Obtain Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Safety Application Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Safe State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Configuration Signature and Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Reset Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules to Out-of-Box State . . . . 63 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Chapter 2 Input Module Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Output Module Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Software Configurable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Module Data Quality Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Fault and Status Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Module Inhibiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Electronic Keying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Module Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Producer/Consumer Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Use CIP Sync Time with Fast I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Timestamping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Input Module Features Chapter 3 Multiple Input Module Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Data Transfer at RPI or Change of State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Software Configurable Input Filters and Delays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Input Filter with Compact 5000 I/O Fast Input Modules. . . . . . . . . 80 Module Health Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Fault and Status Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Simple Count Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Sequence of Events Per Point Timestamping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Chatter Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Event Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Independent Point Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Pattern Match Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Additional Event Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Table of Contents Pulse Latching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Field Power Loss Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Short Circuit Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Muting Lamp Fault and Short Circuit Diagnostics Triggered . . . . 96 Test Output Recovery After Overload or Short Circuit to Ground Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Thermal Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Output Module Features Chapter 4 Multiple Output Module Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Module Health Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Data Echo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Field Power Loss Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 No Load Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 No Load Detection with Safety Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Short Circuit Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Thermal Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Fault and Status Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Output State Change Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Configurable Channel-level Output State in Program Mode or Fault Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Connection Fault Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Time-scheduled Output Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Isolated and Non-isolated Varieties of Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Safety Module Features Chapter 5 Safety Input Module Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Safety Application Suitability Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Use Test Output with a Safety Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Single-channel Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Safety Input Fault Recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Safety Input Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Muting Lamp Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Discrepancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Safety Output Module Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Safety Application Suitability Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Safety Output with Test Pulse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Single-channel Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Dual-channel Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Safety Output Fault Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Fault and Status Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Configure a Standard Module Chapter 6 Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Create a New Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Discover Local I/O Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 New Local I/O Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 5 Table of Contents Discover Remote I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 New Remote I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Reserve an I/O Module Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Add the 5069-ARM Module to the Project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Delete the 5069-ARM Module from the Project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Edit the Module Configuration Common Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 General Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Connection Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Module Info Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Edit 5069-IA16 Module Configuration Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Edit 5069-IB16 Module Configuration Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Counters Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Edit 5069-IB16F Module Configuration Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Counters Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Events Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Time Sync Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Edit 5069-IB6F-3W Module Configuration Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Counters Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Events Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Time Sync Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Edit 5069-OA16 Module Configuration Categories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Edit 5069-OB8 Module Configuration Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Edit 5069-OB16 Module Configuration Categories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Edit 5069-OB16F Module Configuration Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Edit 5069-OW4I Module Configuration Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Edit 5069-OW16 Module Configuration Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Edit 5069-OX4I Module Configuration Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 View the Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Chapter 7 Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Create a New Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 New Local Safety Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 New Remote I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Edit the Module Configuration Common Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 General Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Connection Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Safety Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 6 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Table of Contents Module Info Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Edit the 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK Module Configuration Categories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Input Points Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Test Output Points Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Edit the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Points Category . . . 192 View the Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Replace a Safety Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Set the SNN Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Reset to Out-of-Box Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Replace a Module in a Logix 5000 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Troubleshoot Your Module Appendix A Module Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules Status Indicators. . . . . . 201 Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Status Indicators . . . . 203 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . 207 SA Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 I/O Status Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Status Indicators . . . . . . . . 209 SA Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 I/O Status Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Use the Logix Designer Application for Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Warning Signal in the I/O Configuration Tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Status and Fault Information in Module Properties Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Module and Point Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Logix Designer Application Tag Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Internal Fault Triggered on the Safety Output Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Module Tag Definitions Appendix B Name Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Tag for Local Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Tag for Remote Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Access the Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 5069-IA16 Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 5069-IB16 Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 5069-IB16F Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Event Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Event Output Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 5069-IB6F-3W Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 7 Table of Contents Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Event Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Event Output Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 5069-OA16 Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 5069-OB8 Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 5069-OB16 Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 5069-OB16F Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 5069-OW4I, 5069-OW16, and 5069-OX4I Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Configuration Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Input Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Output Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules Appendix C Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Connection Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK Module Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 261 Wiring Faults on Safety Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Safety Data for Safety Modules Appendix D Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Safety Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Safety Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Safety Reaction Time - 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Summary of Changes Preface This manual describes how to use Compact 5000TM I/O digital modules in Logix 5000TM control systems. Make sure that you are familiar with the following: · Use of a controller in a Logix 5000 control system. · Use of an EtherNet/IPTM network, if the digital I/O modules are used remotely. · Use of safety systems. · Use Studio 5000 Logix Designer® environment. IMPORTANT In this manual, we use standard module to indicate a standard digital I/O module. We use safety module to indicate a safety digital I/O module. Further, we use Compact 5000 I/O digital module to indicate when a concept or task applies to both the standard and safety digital I/O modules. This manual was revised to add information listed in the following table. Topic Pages The 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16F, 5069-OB16K Series B modules support Field Power Loss Detection. 102...103 Update to description for the No Load Detection with Safety Output Modules 106 Update to the wiring diagram for when at 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module input is connected to a Test Output. A different input actuator type is shown. 125 A description of the feature Discrepancy that is available on the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module is added. The new feature is only available if the modules use firmware revision 2.011. 133...136 There are test source limits when you configure a 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module. 191 The status indicators table for standard DC output modules indicates that a flashing red I/O status indicator can mean that a Field Power Loss condition exists on the following modules: · 5069-OB16/B 204 · 5069-OB16F/B · 5069-OB16K/B modules. Updated explanation of the naming conventions that are used with module tags. 218 New content describes Connection Details with the Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Modules. 256 The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules wiring diagrams are updated. 258...260 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 9 Preface Graphics Indicate Feature Support Throughout this manual, graphics appear with section titles to indicate the digital I/O modules that support the feature that is described in that section. If both standard and safety modules support a feature, you see icons for both types. If only one type of module, standard or safety, supports a feature, you see only one type of icon. Terminology The following table defines terms that are used in this manual. Table 1 - Terminology Used throughout the Manual Abbreviation 1oo2 CIPTM CIP SafetyTM -- CL DC EN GSV -- MTTF NAT ODVA PFD PFH PL -- SC SFF SIL SIL CL Full Term Definition One out of Two Identifies the programmable electronic controller architecture. Common Industrial Protocol An industrial communication protocol that is used by Logix 5000-based automation systems on EtherNet/IP, ControlNet®, and DeviceNet® communication networks. Common Industrial Protocol Safety Certified SIL-rated version of CIP. Connection Logical communication channel for communication between nodes. Connections are maintained and controlled between masters and slaves. Claim Limit The max safety integrity level (SIL) that can be achieved. Diagnostic Coverage The ratio of the detected failure rate to the total failure rate. European Norm. The official European Standard. Get System Value A ladder logic instruction that retrieves specified controller status information and places it in a destination tag. Multicast The transmission of information from one sender to multiple receivers. Mean Time to Failure The length of time that a device or other product is expected to remain reliable in operation. Network Address Translation The translation of an Internet Protocol (IP) address to another IP address on another network. Open DeviceNet Vendor Association A nonprofit association of vendors that are established for the promotion of CIP networks. Probability of a dangerous failure on demand The average probability of a system to fail to perform its design function on demand. Average frequency of a dangerous failure per hour The probability of a system to have a dangerous failure occur per hour. Performance Level ISO 13849-1 safety rating. Proof test Periodic test that detects failures in a safety-related system so that, if necessary, the system can be restored to an as-new condition or as close as practical to this condition. Systematic Capability A confidence that the systematic safety integrity meets the requirements of the specified safety integrity level (SIL). (from IEC 61508-4) Safe Failure Fraction The sum of safe failures plus the sum of dangerous detected failures divided by the sum of all failures. Safety Integrity Level A relative level of risk-reduction that is provided by a safety function, or to specify a target level of risk reduction. SL Claim Limit The max safety integrity level (SIL) that can be achieved. 10 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Preface Table 1 - Terminology Used throughout the Manual Abbreviation SNN SRT -- -- Full Term Safety Network Number Safety Reaction Time Standard Unicast Definition Safety network number, which uniquely identifies a network across all networks in the safety system. You are responsible for assigning a unique number for each safety network or safety subnet within a system. A consideration of delays or latencies within the safety system. Devices or portions of devices that do not participate in the safety function. The transmission of information from one sender to one receiver. Additional Resources The following resources contain information about related products from Rockwell Automation. Table 2 - Additional Resources to Use with Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Resource Description Compact 5000 I/O Digital 16-point Sinking Input Modules Describes how to install and wire the 5069-IB16, Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN004 5069-IB16F, and 5069-IB16K input modules. Compact 5000 I/O Digital 3-wire Sinking Input Module Describes how to install and wire the 5069-IB6F-3W Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN006 input module. Compact 5000 I/O Digital 16-point Sourcing Output Modules Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN007 Describes how to install and wire the 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16F, and 5069-OB16K output modules. Compact 5000 I/O Digital 4-point Isolated Relay Output Describes how to install and wire the 5069-OW4I output Module Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN008 module. Compact 5000 I/O Digital 4-point Isolated Normallyopen/Normally-closed Relay Output Module Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN009 Describes how to install and wire the 5069-OX4I output module. Compact 5000 I/O Analog 8-channel Current/Vole Input Describes how to install and wire the 5069-IF8 analog Module Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN010 input module. Compact 5000 I/O Analog 4-channel Current/Vole/RTD/ Thermocouple Input Module Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN011 Describes how to install and wire the 5069-IY4 and 5069-IY4K analog input modules. Compact 5000 I/O Analog Current/Vole Output Modules Describes how to install and wire the 5069-OF4, Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN012 5069-OF4K, and 5069-OF8 analog output modules. Compact 5000 I/O Digital 16-point 120/240V AC Input Describes how to install and wire the 5069-IA16 input Module Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN015 module. Compact 5000 I/O Digital 16-point 120/240V AC Output Describes how to install and wire the 5069-OA16 output Module Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN016 module. Compact 5000 I/O Digital 8-point 24V DC Output Module Describes how to install and wire the 5069-OB8 output Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN017 module. Compact 5000 I/O Digital 16-point Relay Output Module Describes how to install and wire the 5069-OW16 output Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN018 module. Compact 5000 I/O Safety Sinking Input Module Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN020 Describes how to install and wire the 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK safety input module. Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN021 Describes how to install and wire the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK safety output modules. Compact 5000 I/O Field Potential Distributor Installation Describes how to install and wire the 5069-FPD field Instructions, publication 5069-IN001 potential distributor. Compact 5000 I/O Address Reserve Module Installation Describes how to install the 5069-ARM address reserve Instructions, publication 5069-IN002 module. Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP Adapter Installation Instructions, publication 5069-IN003 Describes how to install and wire the Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapters. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 11 Preface Table 2 - Additional Resources to Use with Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Resource Description Compact 5000 I/O Modules and EtherNet/IP Adapter Technical Data, publication 5069-TD001 Provides specifications, wiring diagrams, and module block diagrams for Compact 5000 I/O modules and EtherNet/IP adapters Compact 5000 I/O Analog Modules User Manual, publication 5069-UM005 Describes how to configure, operate, and troubleshoot Compact 5000 I/O analog modules. Compact 5000 I/O High-speed Counter Module User Manual, publication 5069-UM006 Describes how to configure, operate, and troubleshoot the Compact 5000 I/O high-speed counter module. Compact 5000 EtherNet/IP Adapters User Manual, publication 5069-UM007 Describes how to configure, operate, and troubleshoot the Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapters. CompactLogix 5380 and Compact GuardLogix 5380 Controllers User Manual, publication 5069-UM001 Describes how to configure, operate, and troubleshoot CompactLogixTM 5380 and Compact GuardLogix® 5380 controllers. CompactLogix 5480 Controllers User Manual, publication Describes how to configure, operate, and troubleshoot 5069-UM002 CompactLogix 5480 controllers. ControlLogix 5580 and GuardLogix 5580 Controllers User Describes how to configure, operate, and troubleshoot Manual, publication 1756-UM543 ControlLogix® 5580 and GuardLogix 5580 controllers. GuardLogix and Compact GuardLogix 5380 Controller Systems Safety Reference Manual, publication 1756-RM012 Describes requirements for achieving and maintaining Safety Integrity Level (SIL) 2 and Performance Level (PL) d requirements with the GuardLogix 5580 controller system, using the Studio 5000 Logix Designer application. SISTEMA Performance Level Calculator, available for download at: https://www.rockwellautomation.com/en_NA/ capabilities/industrial-safety-solutions/ overview.page?pagetitle=Safety-AutomationBuilder&docid=ef863d3d3422316df38f212973b23076 The SISTEMA tool automates calculation of the attained Performance Level from the safety-related parts of a machine's control system to (EN) ISO 13849-1. Integrated Architecture and CIP Sync Configuration Application Technique, publication IA-AT003 Provides information about CIP SyncTM technology and how to synchronize clocks within the Rockwell Automation® Integrated Architecture® system. Electronic Keying in Logix5000 Control Systems Application Technique, publication LOGIX-AT001 Describes how to use electronic keying in Logix 5000 control system applications. Logix5000 Controllers Tasks, Programs, and Routines Provides more information on event tasks and event Programming Manual, publication 1756-PM005 task configuration. Position-based Output Control with the MAOC Instruction, publication 1756-AT017 Describes how to configure time-scheduled output control with the MAOC instruction. Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell publication 1770-4.1 Automation® industrial system. Product Certifications website, http://www.rockwellautomation.com/ rockwellautomation/certification/overview.page Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and other certification details. You can view or download publications at rok.auto/literature. 12 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 1 Chapter Digital Module Operation in a Control System Topic Page Controller and Software Compatibility 14 Types of Modules 16 Module Overview 17 Local I/O Modules or Remote I/O Modules 18 Secure Access to the System 23 Ownership 24 Construct a System 26 Power the Modules 28 Configure the Modules 34 Input Module Operation 41 Output Module Operation 43 Listen Only 47 External Means 51 Protected Operations 55 Considerations Specific to Safety Modules 56 Logix 5000TM controllers use Compact 5000TM I/O digital modules to control devices in a control system. Compact 5000 I/O digital modules use removable terminal blocks (RTBs) to connect field-side wiring. You use the Studio 5000 Logix Designer® application to configure the modules. IMPORTANT Controller and programming software compatibility requirements apply when you use Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. For more information on controller and software compatibility, see Controller and Software Compatibility on page 14. Compact 5000 I/O digital modules use the Producer/Consumer network communication model. This communication is an intelligent data exchange between modules and other system devices in which each module produces data without first being polled. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 13 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Controller and Software Compatibility Controller and programming software compatibility requirements apply when you use Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Controller Compatibility Compatibility between Logix 5000 controllers and Compact 5000 I/O digital modules varies based on module type and location. That is, whether the module is a standard or safety I/O module and whether the module is local or remote. For example, CompactLogixTM 5380 and CompactLogix 5480 controllers are compatible with local or remote Compact 5000 I/O standard modules. Compact GuardLogix® 5380 controllers are compatible with local or remote Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. Software Compatibility Compact 5000 I/O digital modules are supported in different minimum versions of the Logix Designer application. For example, Compact 5000 I/O standard modules support the Logix Designer application, version 28 or later. Compact 5000 I/O safety modules support the Logix Designer application, version 32 or later. For more information on compatibility requirements, see Table 3 on page 15 Table 3 describes the module compatibility requirements when you use Compact 5000 I/O digital modules with Logix 5000 controllers. 14 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Table 3 - Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Controller and Software Compatibility Requirements Modules Location Local I/O modules Standard Modules 5069-IA16, 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16F, 5069IB16K, 5069-IB6F-3W, 5069-OA16, 5069-OB8, 5069-OB16, 5069OB16F, 5069-OB16K, 5069-OW4I, 5069OW16, 5069-OX4I Remote I/O modules Safety Modules 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK, 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK Local Remote Controllers System Cat. Nos. Logix Designer Application 5069-L320ER, 5069-L320ERMK, 5069-L330ERMK, 5069-L340ERM, 5069-L350ERMK Version 28.00.00 or later CompactLogix 5380 5069-L306ER, 5069-L306ERM, 5069-L310ER, 5069-L310ERM, 5069L310ER-NSE, 5069-L310ERS2, 5069-L320ERM, 5069-L320ERMK, Version 29.00.00 or later 5069-L330ER, 5069-L330ERM, 5069-L330ERMK, 5069-L340ER 5069-L350ERM, 5069-L350ERMK, 5069-L380ERM, 5069-L3100ERM Version 30.00.00 or later CompactLogix 5480 5069-L46ERMW 5069-L430ERMW, 5069-L450ERMW, 5069-L4100ERMW, 5069L4200ERMW Version 32.00.00 or later Version 32.01.00 or later 5069-L306ERS2, 5069-L306ERMS2, 5069-L310ERS2, 5069- L310ERMS2, 5069-L320ERS2, 5069-L320ERS2K, 5069-L320ERMS2, 5069-L320ERMS2K, 5069-L330ERS2, 5069-5069-L330ERS2K, Compact GuardLogix 5380 L330ERMS2, 5069-L330ERMS2K, 5069-L340ERS2, 5069- Version 31.00.00 or later L340ERMS2, 5069-L350ERS2, 5069-L350ERS2K, 5069-L350ERMS2, 5069-L350ERMS2K, 5069-L380ERS2, 5069-L380ERMS2, 5069- L3100ERS2, 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-L320ER, 5069-L340ERM Version 28.00.00 or later CompactLogix 5380 5069-L306ER, 5069-L306ERM, 5069-L310ER, 5069-L310ERM, 5069L310ER-NSE, 5069-L310ERS2, 5069-L320ERM, 5069-L330ER, 5069- Version 29.00.00 or later L330ERM, 5069-L340ER 5069-L350ERM, 5069-L380ERM, 5069-L3100ERM Version 30.00.00 or later CompactLogix 5480 5069-L46ERMW 5069-L430ERMW, 5069-L450ERMW, 5069-L4100ERMW, 5069L4200ERMW Version 32.00.00 or later Version 32.01.00 or later 5069-L306ERS2, 5069-L306ERMS2, 5069-L310ERS2, 5069- L310ERMS2, 5069-L320ERS2, 5069-L320ERS2K, 5069-L320ERMS2, 5069-L320ERMS2K, 5069-L330ERS2, 5069-5069-L330ERS2K, Compact GuardLogix 5380 L330ERMS2, 5069-L330ERMS2K, 5069-L340ERS2, 5069- Version 31.00.00 or later L340ERMS2, 5069-L350ERS2, 5069-L350ERS2K, 5069-L350ERMS2, 5069-L350ERMS2K, 5069-L380ERS2, 5069-L380ERMS2, 5069- L3100ERS2, 5069-L3100ERMS2 ControlLogix® 5580 1756-L83E, 1756-L85E 1756-L81E, 1756-L82E, 1756-L84E Version 28.00.00 or later Version 29.00.00 or later GuardLogix 5580 1756-L81ES, 1756-L82ES, 1756-L83ES, 1756-L84ES Version 31.00.00 or later 5069-L306ERS2, 5069-L306ERMS2, 5069-L310ERS2, 5069L310ERMS2, 5069-L320ERS2, 5069-L320ERS2K, 5069-L320ERMS2, 5069-L320ERMS2K, 5069-L330ERS2, 5069-5069-L330ERS2K, Compact GuardLogix 5380 L330ERMS2, 5069-L330ERMS2K, 5069-L340ERS2, 5069L340ERMS2, 5069-L350ERS2, 5069-L350ERS2K, 5069-L350ERMS2, 5069-L350ERMS2K, 5069-L380ERS2, 5069-L380ERMS2, 5069L3100ERS2, 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-L306ERS2, 5069-L306ERMS2, 5069-L310ERS2, 5069- Version 32.00.00 or later L310ERMS2, 5069-L320ERS2, 5069-L320ERS2K, 5069-L320ERMS2, 5069-L320ERMS2K, 5069-L330ERS2, 5069-5069-L330ERS2K, Compact GuardLogix 5380 L330ERMS2, 5069-L330ERMS2K, 5069-L340ERS2, 5069- L340ERMS2, 5069-L350ERS2, 5069-L350ERS2K, 5069-L350ERMS2, 5069-L350ERMS2K, 5069-L380ERS2, 5069-L380ERMS2, 5069- L3100ERS2, 5069-L3100ERMS2 GuardLogix 5580 1756-L81ES, 1756-L82ES, 1756-L83ES, 1756-L84ES Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 15 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Types of Modules Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Table 4 describes the Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. Table 4 - Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Module Type Standard Cat. No. 5069-IA16 5069-IB16 5069-IB16K 5069-IB16F 5069-IB6F-3W 5069-OA16 5069-OB8 5069-OB16 Description 79...264V AC 16-point, input module 10...32V DC 16-point, sinking input module 10...32V DC 16-point, conformal coated sinking input module 10...32V DC 16-point, sinking fast input module 10...32V DC 6-point, 3-wire, sinking fast input module 85...264V AC 16-point, output module 10...32V DC 8-point, sourcing high-current output module 10...32V DC 16-point, sourcing output module Safety(1) 5069-OB16K 5069-OB16F 5069-OW4I 5069-OW16 5069-OX4I 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8SK 5069-OBV8S 5069-OBV8SK 10...32V DC 16-point, conformal coated sourcing output module 10...32V DC 16-point, sourcing fast output module 5...264V AC /125V DC 4-point, isolated normally open relay output module 5...264V AC/125V DC 16-point, normally open relay output module 5...264V AC /125V DC 4-point, isolated normally open/normally closed relay output module 18...32V DC 8-point, safety sinking input module 18...32V DC 8-point, conformal coated safety sinking input module 18...32V DC 8-point, safety output module that can be used as follows: · Bipolar output module · Sourcing output module 18...32V DC 8-point, conformal coated safety output module that can be used as follows: · Bipolar output module · Sourcing output module (1) You can use the safety modules in applications that are rated up to, and including, SIL CL 3, PLe, Cat. 4 as defined in IEC 61508, IEC 61511, IEC 62061, and ISO 13849-1. 16 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Module Overview Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Figure 1 shows the parts of a Compact 5000 I/O digital module. IMPORTANT Compact 5000 I/O safety modules look the same from the front with the exception that the safety modules have a red housing. Figure 1 - Example Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules 1 1 DC INPUT 2 2 5069-IB16 3 5069-IB8S 3 4 4 MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix 5 6 7 8 9 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 17 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Table 5 - Compact 5000 I/O Digital Module Parts Item Item Description 1 DIN rail latch Locks the module on the DIN rail. Standard modules: Module and · STATUS - Displays the status of communication and module health. 2 power status Safety modules: indicators · MOD Status - Displays the status of communication and module health. · SA - Displays whether SA power is applied to the module. 3 I/O status indicators Displays the status of the input/output point. 4 Interlocking pieces Securely installs Compact 5000 I/O digital modules in the system. 5 RTB handle Anchors the RTB on the module. 6 RTB Provides a wiring interface for the module. MOD power bus Pass system-side and field-side power across the internal circuitry of the 7 and SA power module in a Compact 5000 I/O system. The connectors are isolated from each bus connectors other. 8 RTB lower tab Hooks RTB onto the module to begin installation. 9 Lower hook Used with cable tie after you wire the module. Local I/O Modules or Remote I/O Modules You can use Compact 5000 I/O digital modules as local or remote I/O modules, with some restrictions that are based on the module and controller type. Compatibility requirements apply and are described in Controller and Software Compatibility on page 14. 18 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 CompactLogix 5380 Controller Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Local I/O Modules When Compact 5000 I/O digital modules reside in the same system as the controller, the modules are local I/O modules. Local I/O modules are installed to the right of the controller and exchange data with the controller over the system backplane. Figure 2 - Local Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Local Compact 5000 I/O Standard Modules CompactLogix 5480 Controller Local Compact 5000 I/O Standard Modules MOD Power DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 SA Power Compact GuardLogix 5380 Controller Local Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S DC INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT COUNTER 5069-IB16 5069-OF8 5069-HSC2xOB4 MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 19 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Remote I/O Modules When Compact 5000 I/O digital modules reside in a separate location from Logix 5000 controllers, they are remote I/O modules. Remote Compact 5000 I/ O digital modules are accessible over an EtherNet/IPTM network via a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter. The modules are installed to the right of the adapter and exchange data across the remote system backplane. The data is then exchanged with the controller over the EtherNet/IP network. IMPORTANT Remember, some restrictions apply when you use the I/O modules remotely. For example, you can use Compact 5000 I/O safety modules as remote I/O modules only in Compact GuardLogix 5380 or GuardLogix 5380 control systems. Figure 3 shows remote Compact 5000 I/O standard modules in an example CompactLogix 5380 control system. Figure 3 - Remote Compact 5000 I/O Standard Modules in a CompactLogix 5380 Control Applications CompactLogix 5380 Controller Compact 5000 I/O Standard Modules DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT COUNTER 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 5069-HSC2xOB4 MOD Power SA Power F1 F9 F2 F10 F3 F11 F4 F12 F5 F13 F6 F14 F7 F15 F8 F16 PanelViewTM Plus 7 Terminal Stratix® 5400 Switch 527 PowerFlex® 527 Drive Kinetix® 5500 Drive Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP Adapter Compact 5000 I/O Standard Modules DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT COUNTER 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 5069-HSC2xOB4 1 2 Coommppaacctt5500000TMTMI/OI/O DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT COUNTER 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 5069-HSC2xOB4 1 2 Coommppaacctt5500000TMTMI/OI/O Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP Adapter Compact 5000 I/O Standard Modules 20 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Figure 4 shows remote Compact 5000 I/O safety modules in a Compact GuardLogix 5380 control application. Figure 4 - Remote Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules in a Compact GuardLogix 5380 Control Application Compact GuardLogix 5380 Controller Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S ANALOG OUTPUT COUNTER 5069-OF8 5069-HSC2xOB4 Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP Adapter Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power MOD Power SA Power SA Power F1 F9 F2 F10 F3 F11 F4 F12 F5 F13 F6 F14 F7 F15 F8 F16 PanelView Plus 7 Terminal Compact GuardLogix Stratix 5400 Switch Compact 5000TM I/O 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S 527 PowerFlex 527 Drive Kinetix 5500 Drive Compact 5000TM I/O Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP Adapter Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 21 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Figure 5 shows remote Compact 5000 I/O safety modules in a GuardLogix 5580 control application. Figure 5 - Remote Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules in a GuardLogix 5580 Control Application GuardLogix 5580 Safety Controller GuardLogix 1756-L8SP Safety Partner Logix5584ESTM NET LINK RUN FORCE SD OK RUN REM PROG Logix55L8SPTM OK DC INPUT Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP Adapter Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power F1 F9 F2 F10 F3 F11 F4 F12 F5 F13 F6 F14 F7 F15 F8 F16 PanelView Plus 7 Terminal Stratix 5400 Switch Compact 5000TM I/O 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S 527 PowerFlex 527 Drive Kinetix 5500 Drive Compact 5000TM I/O Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP Adapter Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules 22 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Secure Access to the System Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System To secure access to a Logix 5000 controller, Compact 5000 EtherNet/IP adapter, or I/O module by authorized users only, consider the following options: · Password protect the source and execution of the control program. · Deploy EtherNet/IP devices in accordance with recommended architectures and concepts. See the Converged Plantwide Ethernet (CPwE) Design and Implementation Guide, publication ENET-TD001. · Implement physical barriers, such as locked cabinets. To secure access to the system, consider the following options: · Follow industry best practices to harden your PCs and servers, including anti-virus/anti-malware and application whitelisting solutions. The recommendations are published at the Rockwell Automation® technical support center in Knowledgebase article Rockwell Automation Customer Hardening Guidelines, #546987. The technical support center is available at: https:// rockwellautomation.custhelp.com/ · Develop and deploy backup and disaster recovery policies and procedures. Test backups on a regular schedule. · Minimize network exposure for all control system devices and systems, and make sure that they are not accessible from the Internet. · Locate control system networks and devices behind firewalls and isolate them from the business network. · Subscribe to Knowledgebase article Industrial Security Advisory Index, #54102 at the Rockwell Automation technical support center so you have access to information about security matters that affect Rockwell Automation products. The technical support center is available at: https:// rockwellautomation.custhelp.com/ Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 23 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Ownership Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Every I/O module in a Logix 5000 control system must be owned by a controller, also known as the owner-controller. When a Compact 5000 I/O digital module is used in a Logix 5000 control system, the owner-controller performs the following: · Stores configuration data for every module that it owns. · Can reside in a location that differs from the Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. · Sends the I/O module configuration data to define module behavior and begin operation in the control system. Each Compact 5000 I/O digital module must continuously maintain communication with its owner-controller during normal operation. IMPORTANT The following modules are restricted to one owner-controller: · Compact 5000 I/O standard output modules · Compact 5000 I/O safety modules Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Multiple Owners of Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules Multiple Logix 5000 controllers can connect to Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules as owner-controllers. In this case, the following conditions must exist: · The controllers maintain the same configuration. · The configuration in each controller uses a Data connection to the input module. · The first controller to make a connection to the input module is the only controller that can change the connection. Therefore, it is `owns' the module configuration. IMPORTANT If the controller that owns the module configuration changes the configuration, the other controllers are not notified of the changes. For more information, see Configuration Changes in a Standard Input Module with Multiple Owners on page 25. · The controllers that do maintain, but do not `own', the module configuration are similar to Listen-only controllers. The difference between the controllers is that the controllers that maintain, but do not own, the module configuration can use a Multicast or Unicast connection over the EtherNet/IP network. For more information on Listen-only controllers, see Listen Only on page 47. 24 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Configuration Changes in a Standard Input Module with Multiple Owners You must be careful when changing the configuration data of an input module in a multiple-owner scenario. If the configuration data is changed in owner A and sent to the module, the changed configuration data is accepted as the new configuration for the module. Owner B continues to listen unaware that any changes have been made in the behavior of the input module, as illustrated. Figure 6 - Module Configuration Changes with Multiple Owners DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT COUNTER 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 5069-HSC2xOB4 DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT DC OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-OB16 DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT COUNTER 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 5069-HSC2xOB4 MOD Power MOD Power MOD Power SA Power SA Power SA Power Compact 5000TM I/O Controller A sends new configuration to the module. Controller B is unaware of any configuration changes. IMPORTANT A message in Logix Designer application alerts you to the possibility of a multiple owner-controller situation and lets you inhibit the connection before changing the module configuration. When changing the configuration for a module with multiple owners, we recommend that you inhibit the connection. To help prevent other owner-controllers from receiving potentially erroneous data, use the following steps when changing the configuration of a module in a multiple owner scenario while online. 1. For each owner-controller, inhibit the connection to the module either in the software on the Connection tab or the message dialog box warning you of the multiple owner condition. 2. Make the appropriate configuration data changes in the software. For more information on how to use the Logix Designer application to change the configuration, see the following: - Standard modules - Chapter 6, Configure a Standard Module on page 141 - Safety modules - Chapter 7, Configure and Replace Safety Modules on page 181 3. Repeat step 1 and step 2 for all owner-controllers, to make the exact same changes in each. 4. Clear the Inhibit checkbox in each owner-controller configuration. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 25 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Construct a System Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S Before you use your Compact 5000 I/O digital modules, you must complete tasks that are based on whether the modules are local or remote I/O modules. Local I/O Modules Complete the following steps. 1. Install a CompactLogix 5380, CompactLogix 5480, or Compact GuardLogix 5380 controller. IMPORTANT You must use a Compact GuardLogix 5380 controller if the local Compact 5000 I/O digital modules includes safety modules. For more information on controller compatibility, see Controller and Software Compatibility on page 14. 2. Install the modules to the right of the controller. 3. Install the end cap on the last module in the local system. IMPORTANT The end cap in a CompactLogix 5380, CompactLogix 5480, or Compact GuardLogix 5380 control system covers the exposed interconnection on the last module on the DIN rail. If you do not install an end cap on the last module on the DIN rail, equipment damage or injury can occur. MOD Power Compact GuardLogix 26 SA Power Remote I/O Modules Complete the following: 1. Install a controller that is compatible with the remote Compact 5000 I/O digital modules to be used in the application via an EtherNet/IP network. IMPORTANT Remember, you must use a Compact GuardLogix 5380 controller or GuardLogix 5580 controller if the set of remote Compact 5000 I/O digital modules include safety modules. For more information on controller compatibility, see Controller and Software Compatibility on page 14. 2. Install an EtherNet/IP network. 3. Connect the controller to the network. 4. Install a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter. 5. Connect the adapter to the network. 6. Install the Compact 5000 I/O digital modules to the right of the adapter. 7. Install the end cap on the last module in the local system. IMPORTANT The end cap in a CompactLogix 5380, CompactLogix 5480, or Compact GuardLogix 5380 control system covers the exposed interconnection on the last module on the DIN rail. If you do not install an end cap on the last module on the DIN rail, equipment damage or injury can occur. For information on how to install compatible controllers, adapters, and Compact 5000 I/O modules, see the publications that are listed in Table 2 on page 11. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Use a 5069-ARM Address Reserve Module to Reserve a Node Address Every Compact 5000 I/O digital module has a unique node address in a system. As modules are installed, the node addresses increment. The Logix Designer application project includes modules in the I/O Configuration that correspond to the physical modules. If a module is not available during initial system installation and operation, you can use a 5069-ARM address reserve module to reserve the slot in the system. That is, you install the 5069-ARM address reserve module to reserve the node address. The address reserve module remains installed until the I/O module is available. When you install the address reserve module, you also make sure that the subsequently-installed modules are at the correct node address. You use the corresponding entry in the Logix Designer application project to reserve the node address. That is, when you add modules to the I/O Configuration tree in the project, you add an address reserve module at the node address that matches the physical module location. Figure 7 - CompactLogix 5380 Control System with a 5069-ARM Address Reserve Module 5069-ARM Address Reserve Module DC INPUT DC INPUT DC INPUT ADDRESS RESERVE ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT SERIAL 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-IB16F 5069-ARM 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 5069-SERIAL CH0 TXD CH0 RXD CH1 TXD CH1 RXD MOD Power SA Power When the I/O becomes available, you complete the following tasks. 1. Remove the 5069-ARM module from the system. 2. Install the I/O module in the slot that previously contained the 5069- ARM module. 3. Replace the 5069-ARM module entry in the I/O Configuration section of the Logix Designer application project with the new I/O module. For more information on how to use a 5069-ARM module in a Logix Designer application project, see Reserve an I/O Module Slot on page 150. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 27 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Power the Modules Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Compact 5000 I/O digital modules receive the following power types from first component in the system, that is, the controller or adapter: · System-side Power - Powers the system and lets modules transfer data and execute logic. System-side power is provided through the Module (MOD) Power connector and is passed to each module as it is added to the system. System-side power is also known as MOD power. · Field-side Power - Powers field-side devices that are connected to some Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. Field-side power is provided through the Sensor/Actuator (SA) Power connector and is passed to each module as it is added to the system. Field-side power is also known as SA power. Power begins at the leftmost device in the system and passes across the I/O module internal circuitry via power buses. The MOD power bus and SA power buses are isolated from each other. The leftmost device is either a controller or an EtherNet/IP adapter. IMPORTANT Remember the following: · A system has only one MOD power bus. · A system can have multiple SA power buses. The first SA power bus typically starts at the controller or adapter, and 5069-FPD field potential distributors let you establish new SA power buses in the same system. For more information, see Use a 5069-FPD Field Potential Distributor to Establish New SA Power Buses on page 29. · Compact GuardLogix 5380 controllers only: You must use an SELV/PELV-listed power supply to provide MOD power and SA power to the controller. Additional requirements exist when you power a functional safety application that includes Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. For more information on these requirements, see Power Requirements When You Use Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules on page 31. 28 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System IMPORTANT Remember the following: · DC-type modules and AC-type modules must be on separate SA power buses. The following Compact 5000 I/O digital modules are DC-type modules: 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8SK 5069-IB16 5069-IB16F 5069-IB16K 5069-IB6F-3W 5069-OB8 5069-OBV8S 5069-OBV8SK 5069-OB16 5069-OB16F 5069-OB16K 5069-OW4I 5069-OW16 5069-OX4I The following Compact 5000 I/O digital modules are AC-type modules: 5069-IA16 5069-OA16 For more information on how to establish new SA power buses, see page 29. For more information on how to power local Compact 5000 I/O digital modules, see the following: - CompactLogix 5380 and Compact GuardLogix 5380 Controllers User Manual, publication 5069-UM001 - CompactLogix 5480 Controller User Manual, publication 5069-UM002 For more information on how to power remote Compact 5000 I/O digital modules, see the Compact 5000 EtherNet/IP Adapters User Manual, publication 5069-UM007. Use a 5069-FPD Field Potential Distributor to Establish New SA Power Buses A 5069-FPD field potential distributor lets you change the field-side power distribution source for Compact 5000 I/O modules to the right of the field power distributor. The field potential distributor passes MOD power bus signals through to the next module in the system. You can use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA power bus in a system. The field potential distributor blocks the current that passes across the SA power bus to the left of the field potential distributor. It then establishes a new SA power bus for modules to the right. The new SA power bus extends to the last module in the system or until another field potential distributor establishes another SA power bus. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 29 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System The SA power bus that a field potential distributor establishes functions in the same way as the SA power bus that a controller or adapter establishes. Figure 8 shows a CompactLogix 5380 system that includes a field potential distributor that isolates DC-type modules from AC-type modules. Figure 8 - CompactLogix 5380 Controller System with 5069-FPD Field Potential Distributor 5069-FPD Field Potential Distributor DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT DC OUTPUT FIELD POWER 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-OB16 5069-FPD MOD Power SA Power Bus For DC-type Modules SA Power Bus For AC-type Modules SA Power IMPORTANT You must install DC-type modules and AC-type modules on separate SA power buses. You use 5069-FPD field potential distributors to establish SA power buses that are separate from the SA power bus that the controller or adapter establishes. To install modules on separate SA power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the controller or adapter. The controller or adapter establishes the first SA power bus. 2. Install one type of modules to the right of the controller or adapter, for example, DC-type modules. 3. Install a 5069-FPD field potential distributor. The field potential distributor establishes a new SA power bus that is isolated from the first one. 4. Install the other type of modules to the right of the field potential distributor, for example, AC-type modules. Additional requirements apply when you use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor in a local or remote system with Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. For more information on the additional requirements, see Power Requirements When You Use Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules on page 31 30 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Power Requirements When You Use Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules This section describes the requirements that apply when you connect MOD power and SA power to a system that includes both types of Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. There is some variation in the requirements based on whether the safety modules are used as local or remote I/O modules. That is, if the modules are installed in a Compact GuardLogix 5380 system or a Compact 5000 I/O system accessible over an EtherNet/IP network. Power a Compact GuardLogix 5380 System That Includes Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules Table 6 describes requirements that apply when you connect MOD power and SA power to a Compact GuardLogix 5380 system with a mix of standard and safety modules. Table 6 - Connect Power to a Compact GuardLogix 5380 System with Compact 5000 I/O Standard and Safety Modules Power Type Requirements Example System SELV/PELV-listed Power Supply + 24V DC - MOD Power · You must use an SELV/PELV-listed 24V DC power supply to provide MOD power to the controller. · The total continuous current draw across the MOD power bus must not be more than 5 A max at 18...24V DC. We recommend that you calculate the total MOD power bus current draw as you install modules. MOD Power SIL2 CPU OUTPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-OBV8S MOD Power 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 SA Power Compact GuardLogix Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 31 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Table 6 - Connect Power to a Compact GuardLogix 5380 System with Compact 5000 I/O Standard and Safety Modules Power Type Requirements Example System SA Power · You must use an SELV/PELV-listed power supply to provide SA power to the controller. · You must use a 24V DC power supply to provide SA power to the controller. · The total continuous current draw across an SA power bus must not be more than 10 A max at 18...24V DC. · You can install only Compact 5000 I/O safety modules and non-relay DC-type standard modules next to the safety controller. IMPORTANT: This requirement is related to the controller, not the I/O modules. However, you can install safety modules and non-relay DC-type modules to the right of a 5069-FPD field potential distributor. · If you install safety modules to the right of a field potential distributor, you must use an SELV/PELV-listed power supply to provide SA power. · You must isolate the following groups of modules on separate SA power buses: Safety and non-relay DC-type standard modules Relay DC-type modules AC-type modules · If you install AC-type modules, you must install them to the right a field potential distributor. The 120/240V AC power supply that provides SA power is not required to be SELV/PELV-listed. · If you install relay DC-type standard modules, you must install them to the right of a field potential distributor. The 24V DC power supply that provides SA power is not required to be SELV/PELV-listed. SIL2 CPU OUTPUT DC INPUT FIELD POWER 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-OBV8S 5069-IB16 5069-FPD MOD Power Compact 5000 I/O safety modules and 24V DC standard input modules Compact 5000 I/O 120/240V AC standard modules FIELD POWER 5069-FPD 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S Compact 5000 I/O safety modules Compact GuardLogix SA Power SA Power SA Power SA Power + 24V DC - 120/240V + AC - + 24V DC - SELV/PELV-listed Power Supply Non SELV/PELV-listed Power Supply The modules on this SA power bus are 120/240V AC modules. This power supply can also be a non SELV/PELV-listed 24V DC power supply, if necessary, based on system configuration. The SA Power to adjacent SA Power electrical isolation that the 5069-FPD field potential distributor provides has a rating of 240V AC (continuous) reinforced insulation type. SELV/PELV-listed Power Supply 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Power a Remote Compact 5000 I/O System That Includes Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules Table 7 describes requirements that apply when you connect MOD power and SA power to a Compact 5000 I/O system with standard and safety modules. Table 7 - Connect Power to a Compact 5000 I/O System with Standard and Safety Modules Power Type Requirements Example System SELV/PELV-listed Power Supply + 24V DC - MOD Power · You must use an SELV/PELV-listed power supply to provide MOD power to the controller. · The total continuous current draw across the MOD power bus must not be more than 10 A max at 18...24V DC. We recommend that you calculate the total MOD power bus current draw as you install modules. 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S DC INPUT DC OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 MOD Power Compact 5000TM I/O SA Power · You must use an SELV/PELV-listed power supply to provide SA power to the adapter. · You must use a 24V DC power supply to provide SA power to the adapter. · The total continuous current draw across an SA power bus must not be more than 10 A max at 18...24V DC. · If you install safety modules to the right of a field potential distributor, you must use an SELV/PELV-listed power supply to provide SA power. · You must isolate the following groups of modules on separate SA power buses: Safety and non-relay DC-type standard modules Relay DC-type modules AC-type modules · If you install AC-type modules, you must install them to the right a field potential distributor. The 120/240V AC power supply that provides SA power is not required to be SELV/PELV-listed. · If you install relay DC-type standard modules, you must install them to the right of a field potential distributor. The 24V DC power supply that provides SA power is not required to be SELV/PELV-listed. OUTPUT DC INPUT FIELD POWER 5069-IB8S 5069-OBV8S 5069-IB16 Compact 5000 I/O safety modules and 24V DC standard input module 5069-FPD Compact 5000 I/O 120/240V AC standard modules FIELD POWER OUTPUT 5069-FPD 5069-IB8S 5069-OBV8S Compact 5000 I/O safety modules Compact 5000TM I/O SA Power SA Power SA Power + 24V DC - 120/240V + AC - + 24V DC - SELV/PELV-listed Power Supply Non SELV/PELV-listed Power Supply The modules on this SA power bus are 120/240V AC modules. Therefore, this must be a 120/240V AC power supply. However, it can be a non SELV/PELV-listed power supply because there are no safety modules on the SA Power bus. The SA Power to adjacent SA Power electrical isolation that the 5069-FPD field potential distributor provides has a rating of 240V AC (continuous) reinforced insulation type. SELV/PELV-listed Power Supply Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 33 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Configure the Modules Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 You must create a Logix Designer application project for the controller that owns the Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. The project includes module configuration data for the module. The Logix Designer application transfers the project to the owner-controller during the program download. Data is then transferred to the I/O modules either across the backplane or over an EtherNet/IP network. The I/O modules can operate immediately after receiving the configuration data. IMPORTANT This section shows some Logix Designer application screens; it is not a complete description of how to configure a module. · For more information on how to use the Logix Designer application to configure Compact 5000 I/O standard modules, see Chapter 6, Configure a Standard Module on page 141. · For more information on how to use the Logix Designer application to configure Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, see Chapter 7, Configure and Replace Safety Modules on page 181. Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Connections with Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules During module configuration, you must define the module. Among the Module Definition parameters with Compact 5000 I/O digital modules, you must choose a connection type for the module. A connection is a real-time data transfer link between the owner-controller and the module that occupies the slot that the configuration references. When you download module configuration to a controller, the controller attempts to establish a connection to each module in the configuration. Because part of module configuration includes a slot number in the local or remote system, the owner-controller checks for the presence of a module there. If a module is detected, the owner-controller sends the configuration. One of the following occurs: · If the configuration is appropriate to the module detected, a connection is made and operation begins. · If the configuration is not appropriate to the module detected, the data is rejected and the Logix Designer application indicates that an error occurred. The configuration can be inappropriate for many reasons. For example, a mismatch in electronic keying that helps prevent normal operation. The owner-controller monitors its connection with a module. Any break in the connection, for example, the loss of power to the system, causes a fault. The Logix Designer application monitors the fault status tags to indicate when a fault occurs on a module. 34 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 5069-IB16F Module Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Connection Types That Are Available with Compact 5000 I/O Standard Modules The Connection choice determines what data is exchanged between the owner-controller and the module. The following are example Module Definition dialog boxes, and available Connection choices, for Compact 5000 I/O standard modules. 5069-OA16 Module Table 8 describes the connection types that you can use with Compact 5000 I/O standard modules. Table 8 - Connections - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Modules Connection Type Description Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Data The module returns the following to the owner-controller: · General input data · General fault data · Counter data - Not available with all modules The module returns the following to the owner-controller: · General fault data · Output data Data with Events(1) The module returns the following to the owner-controller: · General input data · General fault data · Input data time stamp · Event input data time stamp · Event fault data -- · Event input data · Event output data · Counter data - Not available with all modules. With the modules that can provide counter data, they only provide it based on the Input Data selection. Listen Only Data When a Listen Only Data connection is used, the controller that makes the connection does not own the module configuration. The `listening controller' merely listens to the data exchanged between the module and the owner-controller, that is, general input data and general fault data. For more information on Listen Only Data connections, see Listen Only on page 47. (1) Data with events is available on only the 5069-IB16F and 5069-IB6F-3W standard input modules. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 35 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Data Types Available with Compact 5000 I/O Standard Modules The Module Definition includes a Data parameter that matches the module type. Standard input modules use Input Data, and standard output modules use Output Data. The module type and Connection choice determine the available Input Data or Output Data choices. For example, you can configure a 5069-IB16F input module to use the Connection choice Data with Events. The resulting Input Data choices are Data with Events include Data, Packed Data, or Timestamped Data, as shown. The 5069-IB16 input module does not support the Connection choice Data with Events, however. As a result, the Input Data choice Timestamped Data is not available. For more information on how to use the Module Definition parameters with Compact 5000 I/O digital modules, see the following: · Module Definition on page 154 · Logix Designer application online help 36 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Connections with Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules During module configuration, you must define the module. Among the Module Definition parameters with Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, you must choose how module is configured. The choice depends on whether the project is downloaded to the controller that owns the module configuration, that is, the owner-controller, or to a controller that is listening to input modules in a project. A real-time data transfer link is established between the controller and the module that occupies the slot that the configuration references. When you download module configuration to a controller, the controller attempts to establish a connection to each module in the configuration. Because part of module configuration includes a slot number in the local Compact GuardLogix 5380 controller system or remote Compact 5000 I/O system, the owner-controller checks for the presence of a module there. If a module is detected, the owner-controller sends the configuration. One of the following occurs: · If the configuration is appropriate to the module detected, a connection is made and operation begins. · If the configuration is not appropriate to the module detected, the data is rejected and the Logix Designer application indicates that an error occurred. The configuration can be inappropriate for many reasons. For example, a mismatch in electronic keying that helps prevent normal operation. The owner-controller monitors its connection with a module. Any break in the connection, for example, the loss of power to a remote Compact 5000 I/O system, causes a fault. The Logix Designer application monitors the fault status tags to indicate when a fault occurs on a module. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 37 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Configured by Options That Are Available with Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules 5069-IB8S Module The Configured By choice determines what data is exchanged between the owner-controller and the module. The following are example Module Definition dialog boxes, and available Connection choices, for Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. 5069-OBV8S Module Table 9 describes the connection types that you can use with Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. Table 9 - Configured by Choices - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules Configured by Choice This Controller External Means Description Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module This choice directs the controller to configure the module. The module returns the following to the owner-controller: · General fault data · Safety input data · Muting lamp points The module returns the following to the owner-controller: · General fault data · Safety input data · Safety output data IMPORTANT: When you choose This Controller, you must define the output mode that the module uses, that is, sourcing or bipolar output mode. This choice directs the controller to establish only a safety input connection. When the External Means is chosen, another controller owns the module. A controller that uses this option does not write configuration for the module or control the Test Outputs. It merely listens to the data exchanged with the owner-controller. That is, it receives Safety input data. For more information on the External Means option, see External Means on page 51. In this case, all other connections to the module, for example, the connection to the owner-controller must also use the Multicast option. 38 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Data Types Available with Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules On the Module Definition dialog box for Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, you must configure data type parameters. Table 10 describes the available data type choices based on module type. Table 10 - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules - Data Types Catalog Number 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK(1) Supported Data Types Input Data Output Data Input Data 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK(1) Output Data Data Type Choices Safety Data Safety Packed Data There is not an Output Data field on the Module Definition dialog box in the Logix Designer application for the 5069-IB8S module. However, if you enable Muting on points 02 and/or 03, output data is available in module output tags. For more information on module tags, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. Safety Data Safety Packed Data Safety Data Safety Packed Data None IMPORTANT: This field is automatically set based on how you configure the Configured By and Input Data parameters on the Module Definition dialog box. For example, if you configure a 5069-OBV8S module to use the Configured By parameter of This Controller and the Input Data parameter of Safety Data, the Output Data field is automatically set to Safety Data and no other choices are available. (1) The conformal coated module catalog numbers are not available in the Logix Designer application. If your application uses a conformal coated module, you choose the non-conformal coated catalog number when you add the module to the project. Muting Lamp Points Available with Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module The Module Definition for the 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK safety input modules includes the Muting Lamp Points parameter. This parameter defines what output points on the module, if any, are connected to muting lamps. There is a corresponding test output point configuration when an output is configured as a muting lamp output. The output drives a muting lamp. For more information, see Muting Lamp Operation on page 131. IMPORTANT If the Configured By parameter is External Means, the Muting Lamp Points parameter is disabled. It is automatically set to None. Output Mode Available with Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module The Module Definition for the 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK safety output module includes the Output Mode parameter. This parameter defines whether the module is operating in Sourcing or Bipolar mode. IMPORTANT If the Configured By parameter is External Means, the Output Mode parameter is disabled. It is automatically set to None. For more information on the Module Definition parameters that are available with Compact 5000 I/O digital modules, see the Logix Designer application. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 39 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Requested Packet Interval The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) is a configurable parameter that defines a rate at which the owner-controller and the module exchange data. You set the RPI value during initial module configuration and can adjust it as necessary after module operation has begun. The following are valid RPI values: · Compact 5000 I/O standard modules - 0.2...750 ms · Compact 5000 I/O safety modules - 2...500 ms IMPORTANT You can change the RPI while the project is online. If you change the RPI while the project is online, however, the connection to the module is closed and reopened in one of the following ways: · You inhibit the connection to the module, change the RPI value, and uninhibit the connection. · You change the RPI value. In this case, the connection is closed and reopened immediately after you apply the change to the module configuration. Connection Reaction Time Limit with Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules With Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, the Connection Reaction Time Limit configuration affects the module RPI. The Connection Reaction Time Limit defines the predicted period of safety packets on the associated connection. If the Max Network Delay exceeds the Connection Reaction Time Limit, a connection fault occurs. By default, the Connection Reaction Time Limit is four times the RPI. Use the default values for Timeout Multiplier (2) and Network Delay Multiplier (200). The Network Delay Multiplier value is in terms of percentage. Thus, 200 means 200%. IMPORTANT To determine what is appropriate, analyze each safety channel. The default Timeout Multiplier of 2 and Network Delay Multiplier of 200 creates a worst-case input connection reaction time limit of 4 times the RPI, and an output connection reaction time limit of 3 times the RPI. Changes to these parameters must be approved only after a thorough review by a safety administrator. For more information on how to specify RPI rates, see the following: · Compact 5000 I/O standard modules - page 155 · Compact 5000 I/O safety modules - page 188 · Logix5000 Controllers Design Considerations Reference Manual, publication 1756-RM094 40 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Input Module Operation Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Connection Over an EtherNet/IP Network When you configure a remote Compact 5000 I/O digital module, you must configure the Connection over EtherNet/IP parameter in the configuration for the remote adapter that connects the I/O modules to the network. The configuration choice dictates how input data is transmitted over the network. The Compact 5000 I/O digital modules use one of the following methods to transmit data: · Multicast - Data is sent to all network devices. If you are using the I/O modules in a redundancy system, you must use Multicast. · Unicast - Data is sent to one or more controllers depending on module configuration. Unicast is the default setting. Logix 5000 controllers do not poll the Compact 5000 I/O standard or safety input modules for input data. The data exchange process between the input modules and the controller differs based on whether the module is a local I/O module or remote I/O module. Local Compact 5000 I/O Digital Input Modules Local Compact 5000 I/O digital input modules broadcast their input data, that is, channel and status data, to the system backplane at the time that is defined in the RPI. At the RPI, the following events occur. 1. The local input module scans its channels for input data. 2. The module sends the data to the system backplane. 3. The controller receives the data immediately. MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 41 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Trigger Events for Standard Input Modules IMPORTANT Compact 5000 I/O safety input modules cannot trigger events. Some Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules can trigger an event. For example, the modules can trigger the Event task. The event task lets you execute a section of logic immediately when an event, or receipt of new data, occurs. The following can trigger events: · An input state change. · A counting input done bit change. · A pattern of input state changes on multiple module inputs. For more information on how to use a Compact 5000 I/O standard input module to trigger an event, see Events on page 88. Remote Compact 5000 I/O Digital Input Modules Remote Compact 5000 I/O digital input modules broadcast their input data to the Compact 5000 I/O system backplane at the time that is defined in the RPI. The input data consists of channel and status data. At the RPI, the following events occur. 1. The remote input module scans its channels for input data. 2. The module sends the data to the remote system backplane. 3. The Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter sends the data over the EtherNet/IP network. 4. One of the following: · If the controller is directly connected to the EtherNet/IP network, it receives the input data immediately. · If the controller is connected to the EtherNet/IP network through another communication module, the module sends the data to its backplane and the controller receives it. IMPORTANT This can only be the case if a ControlLogix 5580 or GuardLogix 5580 controller owns the I/O module. CompactLogix 5380, CompactLogix 5480, and Compact GuardLogix 5380 controllers do not support the use of an EtherNet/IP communication module in the local system. 42 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Output Module Operation Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Logix 5000 controllers send data to Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules at the RPI or after an Immediate Output (IOT) instruction is executed. The RPI defines when the controller sends data to an output module and when the module echoes data. The IOT instruction sends new data to an output module whenever new data is produced. IMPORTANT CompactLogix 5380 and CompactLogix 5480 controllers can also send data to Compact 5000 I/O standard output modules, that is, standard modules, when an IOT instruction is executed. Compact GuardLogix 5380 controllers cannot send data when an IOT instruction is executed. You cannot use IOT instructions in safety programs. References to IOT instructions in this section apply only to CompactLogix 5380 controllers. At the RPI, not only does the controller send data to the output module, but also the output module sends data to the controller. For example, the output module sends an indication of the channel data quality. IMPORTANT The RPI for a Compact 5000 I/O safety output module is the Safety Task period. Safety output data is sent at the completion of the Safety Task scan. The data exchange process between Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules and a controller differs based on whether the module is a local I/O module or remote I/O module. Local Compact 5000 I/O Digital Output Modules Local Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules receive output data from a controller and send data to the controller. The data exchange occurs over the system backplane. Controller to Local Output Module Data Transmission The controller broadcasts data to its local backplane at one of the following: · RPI · An IOT instruction is executed. IMPORTANT An IOT instruction sends data to the output module immediately, and resets the RPI timer. Compact GuardLogix 5380 controllers cannot send data when an IOT instruction is executed. You cannot use IOT instructions in safety programs. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 43 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Based on the RPI rate and the length of the controller program scan, the output module can receive and echo data multiple times during one program scan. When the RPI is less than the program scan length, the output channels can change values multiple times during a program scan. The owner-controller does not depend on the program scan to complete to send data. The following events occur when the controller sends data to a local Compact 5000 I/O output module. 1. The controller sends data to system backplane at the RPI or when an IOT instruction is executed. 2. The local output module receives the data from the system backplane and behaves as dictated by its configuration. Local Output Module to Controller Data Transmission When a local Compact 5000 I/O digital output module receives new data and the requested data value is present on the RTB, the output module sends, or `echoes', a data value back to the controller and to the rest of the control system. The data value corresponds to the signal present at its terminals. This feature is called Data Echo. In addition to the Data Echo, the output module sends other data to the controller at the RPI. For example, the module alerts the controller if a short circuit condition exists on the module. The following events occur when a local Compact 5000 I/O digital output module sends data to the controller at the RPI. 1. The module sends the data to the system backplane. 2. The controller receives the data immediately. 44 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Remote Compact 5000 I/O Digital Output Modules Remote Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules receive output data from a controller and send data to the controller. The data exchange occurs over an EtherNet/IP network. Controller to Remote Output Module Data Transmission The controller broadcasts data to its local backplane at one of the following: · RPI · An IOT instruction is executed. IMPORTANT An IOT instruction sends data to all output modules in the system immediately, and resets the RPI timer. Based on the RPI rate and the length of the controller program scan, the output module can receive and echo data multiple times during one program scan. When the RPI is less than the program scan length, the output channels can change values multiple times during a program scan. The owner-controller does not depend on the program scan to complete to send data. The following events occur when the controller sends data to a Compact 5000 I/O digital output module. 1. One of the following ways: · If the controller is directly connected to the EtherNet/IP network, it broadcasts data to the network. In this case, skip to step 3. · If the controller is connected to the EtherNet/IP network via a communication module, the controller transmits the data to the backplane. In this case, proceed to step 2. 2. The EtherNet/IP communication module transmits the data to the EtherNet/IP network. 3. The Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter in the remote Compact 5000 I/O system receives the data from the network and transmits it to the system backplane. 4. The remote output module receives the data from the backplane and behaves as dictated by its configuration. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 45 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Remote Output Module to Controller Data Transmission When a Compact 5000 I/O digital output module receives new data and the requested data value is present on the RTB, the output module sends, or `echoes', a data value back to the controller and to the rest of the control system. The data value corresponds to the signal present at its terminals. This feature is called Data Echo. In addition to the Data Echo, the output module sends other data to the controller at the RPI. For example, the module alerts the controller if a short circuit condition exists on the module. The following events occur when a remote Compact 5000 I/O digital output module sends data to the controller at the RPI. 1. The module sends the data to the system backplane. 2. The Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter in the 5069 Compact I/O system sends the data over the EtherNet/IP network. 3. One of the following: · If the controller is directly connected to the EtherNet/IP network, it receives the input data from the network without need for a communication module. · If the controller is connected to the EtherNet/IP network through another communication module, the module transmits the data to its backplane and the controller receives it. 46 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Listen Only Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System The owner-controller, as described in Ownership on page 24, exchanges data with I/O modules. The owner-controller owns the module configuration in its Logix Designer application project. Other controllers that do not own the module or exchange data with it can listen to input data or `echoed' output data. The listening controller does not own the module configuration or exchange other data with the module. During the I/O configuration process, you choose a Listen Only connection type. The Connection pull-down menu is available on the Module Definition dialog box. For more information on how to access the Module Definition dialog box for Compact 5000 I/O standard modules, see General Category on page 153. IMPORTANT Listen Only connections include the following restrictions: · The connection type is only available with Compact 5000 I/O standard modules. · The I/O modules must reside in a remote system. Controllers cannot make Listen Only connections to local I/O modules. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 47 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Connection Over EtherNet/IP You must set the Connection Over EtherNet/IP parameter when you configure a remote Compact 5000 I/O module. The available choices are Unicast and Multicast. To establish a Listen Only connection from a listening controller, the Connection over EtherNet/IP must be Multicast in both Logix Designer application projects, that is, the owner-controller project and the listening controller project. The Connection over EtherNet/IP pull-down menu is available on the Connection category. For more information on the Connection category for Compact 5000 I/O standard modules, see page 155. 48 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Connection Request Errors Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Module faults and connection request errors occur if the Connection Over EtherNet/IP connection is not Multicast in both Logix Designer application projects. Information about the fault is available on the Connection category of the Module Properties dialog box. Table 11 describes the possible configuration combinations, and the result of each, when you attempt to establish a Listen Only connection. Table 11 - Connection Over EtherNet/IP Scenarios Connection over EtherNet/IP Choice Owner-controller project Listening controller project Multicast Multicast Multicast Unicast Unicast Unicast or Multicast Inhibited or powered-down Multicast Resulting Error Code None - Connection established successfully 16#0106 Connection Request Error: Module owned and configured by another controller. Module may accept only one connection if Unicast is used. 16#0108: Connection Request Error: Connection type (Multicast/Unicast) not supported. 16#0119 Connection Request Error: Module not owned. In some instances, the Logix Designer application lets you configure a module with choices that result in connection request errors. However, the application does not alert you to the error that occurs as a result of the choices until the project goes online. For example, if an owner-controller project uses Multicast and the listening controller project uses Unicast, the result is a module fault and error code 16#106. However, the Logix Designer project in the listening controller only alerts you to the error when the project goes online. We recommend that you confirm the Connection Over EtherNet/IP choice in the listening controller's project is correct before you go online. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 49 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Additional Considerations With Listen Only Connections Owner-controller Project Remember the following when you use Listen Only connections: · Listening controllers receive data from the module as long as the connection between the owner-controller and the module is maintained. If the connection between an owner-controller and the module is broken, the module stops sending data and connections to all listening controllers are also broken. · When a controller uses a Listen Only Data connection, configurable categories on the Module Properties dialog box are not available. And only Input tags are created in the Module tags. For example, shows the categories and module tags that appear when a 5069-IB16F module is configured in the owner-controller project with a Data connection compared to when the same module is configured in the listening controller project with a Listen Only connection. Listening Controller Project Categories on Module Properties dialog box Points category is not available. Module Tags Created Only Input tags are created. 50 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 External Means Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System External Means is similar to Listen Only. However, because External Means is only available with Compact 5000 I/O safety modules the owner-controller and listening controllers must be safety controllers. In this section, ownercontroller and listening controller refer to Compact GuardLogix 5380 controllers. The owner-controller, as described in Ownership on page 24, exchanges data with I/O modules. The owner-controller owns the module configuration in its Logix Designer application project. Other controllers that do not own the module or exchange data with it can listen to safety input data or `echoed' output data. The listening controller does not control the Test Outputs on 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK modules or safety outputs on 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK modules. During the I/O configuration process, you choose External Means for the Configured By parameter. The Configured By pull-down menu is available on the Module Definition dialog box. For more information on how to access the Module Definition dialog box for Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, see General Category on page 185. IMPORTANT Use of External Means includes the following restrictions: · The choice is only available with Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. · The safety I/O modules must reside in a remote system. Controllers cannot use External Means with local I/O modules. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 51 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Connection Over EtherNet/IP You must set the Connection Over EtherNet/IP parameter when you configure a remote Compact 5000 I/O module. The available choices are Unicast and Multicast. To establish a Listen Only connection from a listening controller, the Connection over EtherNet/IP must be Multicast in both Logix Designer application projects, that is, the owner-controller project and the listening controller project. The Connection over EtherNet/IP pull-down menu is available on the Connection category. For more information on the Connection category for Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, see page 188. Connection Request Errors Module faults and connection request errors occur if the Connection Over EtherNet/IP connection is not Multicast in both Logix Designer application projects. Information about the fault is available on the Connection category of the Module Properties dialog box. 52 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Table 12 describes the possible configuration combinations, and the result of each, when you attempt to establish a connection using External Means. Table 12 - Connection Over EtherNet/IP Scenarios Connection over EtherNet/IP Choice Owner-controller project Listening controller project Multicast Multicast Multicast Unicast Unicast Unicast or Multicast Inhibited or powered-down Multicast Resulting Error Code None - Connection established successfully 16#0106 Connection Request Error: Module owned and configured by another controller. Module may accept only one connection if Unicast is used. 16#0108: Connection Request Error: Connection type (Multicast/Unicast) not supported. 16#0119 Connection Request Error: Module not owned. In rare instances, the Logix Designer application lets you configure a module with choices that result in connection request errors. However, the application does not alert you to the error that occurs as a result of the choices until the project goes online. For example, if an owner-controller project uses Multicast and the listening controller project uses Unicast, the result is a module fault and error code 16#106. However, the Logix Designer application project in the listening controller only alerts you to the error when the project goes online. We recommend that you confirm the Connection Over EtherNet/IP choice in the listening controller's project is correct before you go online. Additional Considerations With Connections When You Use External Means Remember the following about connections that are established by using External Means: · Listening controllers receive data from the module as long as the connection between the owner-controller and the module is maintained. If the connection between an owner-controller and the module is broken, the module stops sending data and connections to all listening controllers are also broken. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 53 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Owner-controller Project · When a controller uses External Means, configurable categories on the Module Properties dialog box are not available. And only Input tags are created in the Module tags. For example, shows the categories and module tags that appear when a 5069-OBV8S module is configured in the owner-controller project with a This Controller compared to when the same module is configured in the listening controller project with an External Means. Listening Controller Project Categories on Module Properties dialog box Points category is not available. Module Tags Created Only Input tags are created. 54 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Protected Operations Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System To maintain the secure operation of your Compact 5000 I/O digital modules, operations that can disrupt module operation are restricted based on the module operating mode. Table 13 describes the restrictions. Table 13 - Protected Operations on Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Current Module Operation Activity Firmware Module Update Reset Request Request Connection Connection Configuration or Data Request Change Format Change Electronic Keying Change RPI Change Connection not running Connection running Rejected Accepted Accepted(1) Accepted(2) Not allowed(3) Accepted(4) Firmware update is in process Rejected (1) Only requests for Listen Only connections are accepted. (2) Configuration change is accepted in the following scenarios: - Changes are made in the Module Properties dialog box and you click Apply. - Changes are made in the Configuration tags and you send a Reconfigure Module MSG to the module. (3) The difference between Rejected and Not allowed is that rejected activities can be attempted in the Logix Designer application but do not take effect. The activities that are not allowed, that is, attempts to change the Connection or Data Format used, do not occur in the Logix Designer application. For example, if you attempt to reset a module that is connected to the owner-controller, the Logix Designer application executes the request and alerts you that it was rejected. If you attempt to change the data format on a module that is connected to an owner-controller, the Logix Designer application does not execute the attempted change. The application only alerts you that the change is not allowed. In the case, if the change is attempted online, the Module Definition dialog box field that changes the data format is disabled. (4) The change occurs after the connection is closed and reopened. You can close and reopen the connection in the following ways: - Change the project while it is offline and download the updated project before going online again. - Change the project while it is online and click Apply or OK in the Module Properties dialog box. In this case, before the change is made, a dialog box alerts you of the ramifications before the change is made. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 55 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Considerations Specific to Safety Modules Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Compact 5000 I/O safety modules have additional items of which you must be aware. Type approval, certification, and suitability for use in safety applications vary by catalog number. IMPORTANT Functional safety certification and performance of Compact 5000 I/O safety modules requires that the modules operate in conditions at or below the ambient operating temperature specification. The probability of a dangerous failure on demand (PFD) and average frequency of a dangerous failure per hour (PFH) calculations for these modules are based on the module operating conditions adhering to the ambient operating temperature specification. For more information on the maximum ambient operating temperature specification for Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, see the Compact 5000 I/O Modules and EtherNet/IP Adapter Technical Data, publication 5069-TD001. The following apply to the modules: · Type-approved and certified for use in safety applications up to and including SIL 3 per IEC 61508 · Suitable for use in safety applications up to and including SIL CL 3 per IEC 62061 · Suitable for use in safety applications up to and including Performance Level e (PLe), category 4 per ISO 13849-1 IMPORTANT Requirements are based on the standards current at the time of certification. For more information on safety application suitability levels with the Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, see the following: · 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK - Safety Input Module Features on page 123 · 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK - Safety Output Module Features on page 136 56 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Overall System Safety Function The type approval, certification, and suitability levels for Compact 5000 I/O safety modules describe a system with an overall system safety function of SIL 3. However, just because the modules are rated for use in a system with a safety function of SIL 3, you are not required to use Compact 5000 I/O safety modules in those applications. You can use the modules in safety applications with an overall system safety function that is less than SIL 3. For example, Compact GuardLogix 5380 controllers are suitable for use in safety applications that are rated up to, and including, SIL CL 2, PLd, Cat. 3 as defined in IEC 61508, IEC 61511, IEC 62061, and ISO 13849-1. In this case, the overall system safety function is SIL 2. You can use Compact 5000 I/O safety modules in this application even though the modules are rated for use in systems with higher overall system safety function. GuardLogix 5580 controllers, when used with a safety partner are suitable for use in SIL 3 safety applications. You can use Compact 5000 I/O safety modules as remote I/O modules in such an application. For more information on the suitability level of Logix 5000 safety controllers, see the GuardLogix 5580 and Compact GuardLogix 5380 Controller Systems Safety Reference Manual, publication 1756-RM012. Single-channel or Dual-channel Mode You can use Compact 5000 I/O safety modules in single-channel mode or dualchannel configuration. The configuration affects the safety application suitability level for a module. In single-channel mode, the signal status on one channel is evaluated. Based on that status, safety input data and safety input status can be off or on. In dual-channel mode, the consistency between the signal status on two channels is evaluated. Based on the status on both channels, safety input data and safety input status can be off or on. You use safety instructions in the safety controller ladder logic with two single channels, that is, one even and one odd. We recommend that, if you use dual channel safety instructions, for example, the Dual Channel Input Stop (DCS) instruction, in the Safety Task, you configure the channels for single-channel mode. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 57 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Use with Safety Controllers You can only use the Compact GuardLogix 5380 or GuardLogix 5580 controllers with the Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. Restrictions apply regarding how the controllers can use the I/O modules. The restrictions are described in Controller and Software Compatibility on page 14. For more information on which controllers you can use with Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, see Table 3 on page 15. You must use the Logix Designer application, version 32 or later, to configure the Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. Determine Conformity ATTENTION: Use only appropriate components or devices that comply with the relevant safety standards and meet the required safety integrity level or Performance Level and safety category. · Conformity to the requirements of the relevant safety standards must be determined for the entire system by conducting a risk assessment. · Use devices properly according to the installation environment, performance rating, and functions of the machine. · Use devices within their specified ratings. · We recommend that you consult a certification body regarding assessment of conformity to the required safety integrity level or Performance Level. You are responsible for confirming compliance with the applicable standards for the entire system. You must read, understand, and fulfill the functional safety requirements of the standard applicable to your safety application. Obtain Firmware Verify that the firmware revision of the Compact 5000 I/O safety modules that you use is correct before commissioning the system. Firmware information for safety I/O devices is available at the Rockwell Automation Product Compatibility and Download Center (PCDC). The PCDC is available at: https://compatibility.rockwellautomation.com/Pages/home.aspx Only download firmware and access product release notes from the Rockwell Automation PCDC. Do not download firmware from non-Rockwell Automation sites. Safety Function During Firmware Update The Compact 5000 I/O safety modules are not safety capable when a firmware update is in process. You must use other methods to maintain the safety function during the update process. 58 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Safety Precautions ATTENTION: Personnel responsible for the application of safety-related programmable electronic systems (PES) shall be aware of the safety requirements in the application of the system and shall be trained in the use of the system. Observe the following precautions for the proper use Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. ATTENTION: As serious injury can occur due to loss of required safety function, follow the following safety precautions. · Never use test outputs as safety outputs. Test outputs are not safety outputs. · Do not use standard I/O data or explicit message data as safety data. · Do not use light-emitting diode (LED) status indicators on the I/O modules for safety operations. · Do not connect loads beyond the rated value to the safety outputs. · Apply properly specified voltages to the module. Applying inappropriate voltages can cause the module to fail to perform its specified function, which could lead to loss of safety functions or damage to the module. · Wire the Compact 5000 I/O safety modules as shown in the Compact 5000 I/O Modules and EtherNet/IP Adapters Technical Data, publication 5069-TD001. · Set unique network node addresses before connecting devices to the network. · Perform testing to confirm that device wiring, configuration, and operation is correct before you start system operation. · Do not disassemble, repair, or modify the module. This can result in loss of safety functions. For more information about safety precautions, see Secure Access to the System on page 23. Installing and Replacing Modules ATTENTION: · Clear previous configuration data before you connect devices to the network or connecting input or output power to the device. · Configure the replacement device properly and confirm that it operates correctly. · After installation of the module, a safety administrator must confirm the installation and conduct trial operation and maintenance. Securing Access to the System For information on how to secure access to the system, see page 23. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 59 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Safety Application Requirements Safety application requirements include evaluating the following: · Probability of failure rates (PFD and PFH) · System reaction time settings · Functional verification tests that fulfill appropriate safety-level criteria Creating, recording, and verifying that the safety signature is also a required part of the safety application development process. The safety controller creates the safety signatures. The safety signature consists of an identification number, date, and time that uniquely identifies the safety portion of a project. This number includes all safety logic, data, and safety I/O configuration. For safety system requirements, including information on the SNN, verifying the safety signature, functional verification test intervals, system reaction time, and PFD/PFH calculations, see the GuardLogix 5580 and Compact GuardLogix 5380 Controller Systems Safety Reference Manual, publication 1756-RM012. You must read, understand, and fulfill the requirements that are described in this publication before you operate a safety system that uses Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. 60 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Safe State ATTENTION: · The safe state of the outputs is defined as the off state. · The safe state of the module and its data is defined as the off state. · Use the Compact 5000 I/O safety modules only in applications where the off state is the safe state. The following are the safe states of the safety modules: · Safety outputs: OFF · Safety input data to network: OFF Figure 9 - Safety Status Networks Input to Networks OFF Output OFF Safety Status Input The modules are designed for use in applications where the safe state is the off state. IMPORTANT If you inhibit a safety module from transitioning to a safe state when a fault occurs because an I/O connection is lost, you accept responsibility for any consequences that result from your decision to inhibit. We recommend that you use other means to maintain the safe state if you inhibit the safety module from transitioning to a safe state. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 61 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Configuration Signature and Ownership Every Compact 5000 I/O safety module in a system has a configuration signature and configuration ownership. Configuration Signature Each safety device has a unique configuration signature that defines the module configuration. The configuration signature includes the following: · ID number · Date · Time The configuration signature is used to verify a module's configuration. Configuration Ownership The connection between the owner-controller and the Compact 5000 I/O safety module is based on the following: · Compact 5000 I/O safety module node number · Compact 5000 I/O safety module safety network number · Controller node or slot number IMPORTANT If the owner-controller is a Compact GuardLogix 5380 controller, the controller has a node number. If the owner-controller is a GuardLogix 5580 controller, the controller has a slot number. · Controller safety network number · Path from the controller to the Compact 5000 I/O safety module · Configuration signature If any differences are detected, the connection between the owner-controller and the Compact 5000 I/O safety module is lost, the yellow yield icon appears in the controller project tree. Different Configuration Owner When a controller owns the I/O module configuration, other controllers can listen to the input module. In this case, the module configuration signature in the Logix Designer application project for any listening controller must match the one in the owner-controller project. If the safety module is configured for inputs only, you can copy and paste the configuration signature from one project to the other. If the safety module has safety outputs, for example, the 5069-OBV8S module, the configuration signature parameter is disabled. 62 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Reset Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules to Out-of-Box State If a Compact 5000 I/O safety module was used previously, you must clear the configuration ownership before you can install it on a safety network. That is, you must return the module configuration to its out-of-box state. When a Compact 5000 I/O safety module is in the out-of-box state, its configuration is not owned by a controller. The Safety category on the Module Properties dialog box displays the module Configuration Ownership. The Logix Designer application project must be online to check. If the module configuration is owned, the Safety category displays whether the controller for the opened project owns the module configuration or another controller owns it. For information on how to reset the module in the Logix Designer application, see Reset to Out-of-Box Configuration on page 196. You cannot reset the module to its out-of-box configuration if any of the following conditions exist: · There are pending edits to the module properties. · When a safety signature exists in the controller project. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 63 Chapter 1 Digital Module Operation in a Control System Notes: 64 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 2 Chapter Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Topic Page Input Module Compatibility 66 Output Module Compatibility 67 Software Configurable 68 Module Data Quality Reporting 69 Fault and Status Reporting 70 Module Inhibiting 71 Electronic Keying 72 Module Firmware 73 Producer/Consumer Communication 73 Use CIP Sync Time with Fast I/O Modules 74 Timestamping 74 This chapter describes features that are common to Compact 5000TM I/O digital modules unless otherwise noted. Some features are supported on all I/O modules and other features are specific to module types. The differences are indicated in feature descriptions. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 65 Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Input Module Compatibility Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S Compact 5000 I/O digital input modules interface to sensing devices and detect whether they are On or Off. The input modules convert DC On/Off signals from user devices to appropriate logic level for use in the controller. Typical input devices include the following: · Proximity switches · Limit switches · Selector switches · Float switches · Push-button switches When you design systems with Compact 5000 I/O digital input modules, consider the following factors: · Voltage necessary for your application · Current leakage · Whether you need a solid-state device · Whether your application uses sinking or sourcing wiring MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix 66 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Output Module Compatibility Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules can be used to drive output devices. Typical devices compatible with the following output modules include: Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 · Motor starters · Solenoids · Indicators MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 When you design systems with Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules, follow the following guidelines: · Make sure that the output modules can supply the necessary surge and continuous current for proper operation. · Make sure that the surge and continuous current are not exceeded. Damage to the module could result. When you size output loads, refer to the documentation supplied with the output device for the surge and continuous current necessary to operate the device. Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 67 Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Software Configurable Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 You use the Logix Designer application to configure the module, monitor system operation, and troubleshoot issues. You can also use the Logix Designer application to retrieve this information from any module in the system: · Serial number · Firmware revision information · Product code · Vendor · Error and fault information · Diagnostic information By minimizing the need for tasks, such as setting hardware switches and jumpers, the software makes module configuration easier and more reliable. Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix 68 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Module Data Quality Reporting Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules The Compact 5000 I/O digital modules indicate the quality of channel data that is returned to the owner-controller. Data quality represents accuracy. Levels of data quality are reported via module input tags. The following input tags indicate the level of data quality. IMPORTANT Once the condition that causes the Fault or Uncertain tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. The Logix Designer application controls the tags. You cannot change the status of the tags. Remember that in some system configurations, the tag is not reset immediately after the condition is removed. The tag typically resets after a small delay. · I.Ptxx.Fault - This tag indicates that the reported channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in your application. Do not use the reported channel data for control. If the tag is set to 1, you cannot trust the data reported. You must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. Example causes of inaccurate data include: - Field Power Loss condition (output modules) - No Load condition (standard output modules only) - Short Circuit condition (output modules) We recommend that you troubleshoot the module for the typical causes first. · I.Ptxx.Uncertain - This tag indicates that the reported channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is unknown. We recommend that you do not use the reported channel data for control. If the module sets this tag to 1, you know that the data can be inaccurate. You must troubleshoot the module to discover what degree of inaccuracy exists. Example causes of uncertain data include: - Module is operating outside its designed operating range - Data is under manual or override control We strongly recommend that you monitor the tags in your program to make sure that the application is operating as expected with accurate channel input data. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 69 Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Fault and Status Reporting Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 The Compact 5000 I/O digital modules report fault and status data along with channel data. Fault and status data is reported in the following ways: · Logix Designer application · Module status indicators · I/O status indicators MOD Power IMPORTANT Do not use the module status indicators or I/O status indicators on Compact 5000 I/O safety modules for safety operations. SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 For more information on fault and status reporting, see: · Input modules - Fault and Status Reporting on page 82 · Output modules - Fault and Status Reporting on page 113 · Appendix A, Troubleshoot Your Module on page 199 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix 70 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Module Inhibiting Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Module inhibiting lets you indefinitely suspend a connection, including Listen Only connections, between an owner-controller and an I/O module without removing the module from the configuration. This process lets you temporarily disable a module, such as to perform maintenance. IMPORTANT You cannot inhibit a connection when the controller is safety-locked or a safety signature exists for the controller. You can use module inhibiting in the following ways: · You write a configuration for an I/O module but inhibit the module to help prevent it from communicating with the owner-controller. The owner does not establish a connection and the configuration is not sent to the module until the connection is uninhibited. · In your application, a controller already owns a module, has downloaded the configuration to the module, and is exchanging data over the connection between the devices. In this case, you can inhibit the module and the connection to the module does not exist. IMPORTANT Whenever you inhibit an output module that is ProgMode enabled, it enters Program mode, and all outputs change to the state configured for Program mode. For example, if an output module is configured so that the state of the outputs transition to zero during Program mode, whenever that module is inhibited, outputs transition to zero. You can use module inhibiting in the following instances: · You want to update an I/O module, for example, update the module firmware revision. Use this procedure. a. Inhibit the module. b. Perform the update. c. Uninhibit the module. · You use a program that includes a module that you do not physically possess yet. You do not want the controller to look for a module that does not yet exist. In this case, you can inhibit the module in your program until it physically resides in the proper slot. You can inhibit the connection to a Compact 5000 I/O digital module on the Connection category of the Module Properties dialog box. To see where to inhibit a connection, see the following: · Compact 5000 I/O standard modules - page 155 · Compact 5000 I/O safety modules - page 188 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 71 Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Electronic Keying Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Electronic Keying reduces the possibility that you use the wrong device in a control system. It compares the device that is defined in your project to the installed device. If keying fails, a fault occurs. These attributes are compared. Table 14 - Attribute Vendor Device Type Product Code Major Revision Minor Revision Description The device manufacturer. The general type of the product, for example, digital I/O module. The specific type of the product. The Product Code maps to a catalog number. A number that represents the functional capabilities of a device. A number that represents behavior changes in the device. The following Electronic Keying options are available. Table 15 - Keying Option Compatible Module Disable Keying Exact Match Description Lets the installed device accept the key of the device that is defined in the project when the installed device can emulate the defined device. With Compatible Module, you can typically replace a device with another device that has the following characteristics: · Same catalog number · Same or higher Major Revision · Minor Revision as follows: If the Major Revision is the same, the Minor Revision must be the same or higher. If the Major Revision is higher, the Minor Revision can be any number. Indicates that the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a device. With Disable Keying, communication can occur with a device other than the type specified in the project. ATTENTION: Be extremely cautious when using Disable Keying; if used incorrectly, this option can lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss. We strongly recommend that you do not use Disable Keying. If you use Disable Keying, you must take full responsibility for understanding whether the device being used can fulfill the functional requirements of the application. IMPORTANT: Do not use this option in Safety applications. Indicates that all keying attributes must match to establish communication. If any attribute does not match precisely, communication with the device does not occur. Carefully consider the implications of each keying option when selecting one. IMPORTANT Changing Electronic Keying parameters online interrupts connections to the device and any devices that are connected through the device. Connections from other controllers can also be broken. If an I/O connection to a device is interrupted, the result can be a loss of data. More Information For more detailed information on Electronic Keying, see Electronic Keying in Logix5000 Control Systems Application Technique, publication LOGIX-AT001. 72 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Module Firmware Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Producer/Consumer Communication Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules The Compact 5000 I/O digital modules are manufactured with module firmware installed. If updated module firmware revisions are available in the future, you can update the firmware. Updated firmware revisions are made available for various reasons, for example, to correct an anomaly that existed in previous module firmware revisions. IMPORTANT Verify that the module firmware revisions for the Compact 5000 I/O safety modules that you use are correct before commissioning your system. You access updated firmware files at the Rockwell Automation® Product Compatibility and Download Center (PCDC). The PCDC is available at: https://compatibility.rockwellautomation.com/Pages/home.aspx Only download firmware and access product release notes from the Rockwell Automation® PCDC. Do not download firmware from non-Rockwell Automation sites. Compact 5000 I/O digital modules use the Producer/Consumer communication model to produce data without a controller polling them first. The modules produce the data and controllers consume it. That is, the ownercontroller and controllers with a Listen Only connection to the module can consume it. When an input module produces data, the controllers can consume the data simultaneously. Simultaneous data consumption minimizes the need for one controller to send the data to other controllers. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 73 Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Use CIP Sync Time with Fast I/O Modules Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 The following Compact 5000 I/O standard modules use CIP SyncTM for time stamps and scheduling: · 5069-IB16F · 5069-IB6F-3W · 5069-OB16F CIP Sync is a CIPTM implementation of the IEEE 1588 PTP (Precision Time Protocol). CIP Sync provides accurate real-time (Real-World Time) or Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) synchronization of controllers and devices that are connected over CIP networks. This technology supports highly distributed applications that require timestamping, sequence of events recording, distributed motion control, and increased control coordination. The 5069-IB16F, 5069-IB6F-3W, and 5069-OB16F modules are CIP Sync slaveonly devices. There must be another module on the network that functions as a master clock. For more information on how to use CIP Sync technology, see the Integrated Architecture® System and CIP Sync Configuration Application Technique, publication IA-AT003. You can use fast Compact 5000 I/O digital modules to capture time stamps and schedule outputs while providing the following advances: · Fast I/O modules have much higher precision than other modules. · Inputs are timestamped by point, so multiple inputs can be configured for COS without losing time stamp data. · CIP Sync is system-wide, so time stamp and schedule values are consistent across all modules in the system. For example, if you use time stamps on a 5069-IB16F module to schedule outputs on a 5069-OB16F module, the controller, input module, and output module are not required to reside in the same local system. The I/O modules can reside in a remote I/O system. · Output modules use all 64 bits of the time stamp to schedule, so there are no limits on schedule ranges. Timestamping Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 The control system uses a 64-bit system clock. The modules support CIP Sync timestamping by using the 1588 protocol that is passed throughout the system. The 1588 protocol is defined in the IEEE 1588-2002 standard, publication Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems. IMPORTANT Compact 5000 I/O safety modules do not support timestamping. Each input channel scan or new output application is stamped with a CIP Sync time stamp. One time stamp is returned to the controller for the module with the input data transfer. 74 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules You can use this feature for the following: · To identify the sequence of events in fault conditions or during normal operation. You can use the system clock between multiple modules in the same chassis or throughout a system in which a common Time Master is used. · To measure the change between samples and detect when a new sample is available for processing via the logic. The change between sample likely correlates closely with the RPI if no samples are missed in the logic. You can also use the 1588 Protocol to synchronize sampling for modules across the entire system. By using the Synchronized Sampling feature, you can configure multiple modules to coordinate their input samples precisely with each other by using the same RPI. Synchronized Sampling lets you configure a test stand, for example, and take many measurements simultaneously across many modules, if needed, while still precisely coordinating the sampling. With these modules, the synchronized sampling coordinates within approximately ± 10 s. Table 16 describes how you can use time stamps. Table 16 - Timestamp Options Topic Timestamping for a sequence of events Timestamping with scheduled outputs Description You can use CIP Sync to establish a sequence of events occurring at a particular input module point by timestamping the input data. To determine a sequence of events, you must complete the following: · Set the format of the input module to Timestamped Input Data. · Enable COS for the input where a sequence occurs, and disable COS for all other points on the module. If you configure multiple inputs for COS, your module generates a unique time stamp each time any of those inputs change state if the changes do not occur within 500 µs of each other. If multiple inputs that are configured for COS change state within 500 ìs of each other, one time stamp is generated for all state changes. As a result, it appears as if they changed simultaneously. You can use timestamping with the scheduled outputs feature, so that after input data changes state and a time stamp occurs, an output point actuates at a specific time. You can schedule outputs into the future. Outputs that are sent in one packet can differ by approximately 2 seconds. Sending in multiple messages allows greater spacing between schedules. When you use timestamping of inputs and scheduled outputs, you must complete the following: · Choose a connection format for each input and output module that enables timestamping. · Disable COS for all input points on the input module except the point being timestamped. For scheduled outputs to work most effectively, remember the following: · The schedule fires when it is configured to. You must make sure that there is enough time for the schedule to plan ahead. If you are using an MAOC instruction, you cannot control the schedule. · A system-level Grandmaster synchronizes the times of the I/O modules. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 75 Chapter 2 Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Notes: 76 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Input Module Features 3 Chapter Topic Page Multiple Input Module Types 78 Data Transfer at RPI or Change of State 78 Software Configurable Input Filters and Delays 79 Module Health Diagnostic 82 Fault and Status Reporting 82 Simple Count Mode 85 Sequence of Events Per Point Timestamping 86 Chatter Detection 87 Events 88 Pulse Latching 92 Field Power Loss Detection 94 Short Circuit Protection 95 Thermal Shutoff 97 This chapter describes features that are supported on Compact 5000TM I/O digital input modules. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 77 Chapter 3 Input Module Features SA Power MOD Power Multiple Input Module Types Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 The Compact 5000 I/O digital module family offers the following input module types: · AC standard input module - 5069-IA16 · DC standard input module - 5069-IB16 · DC standard input conformal coated module - 5069-IB16K · DC standard fast input modules - 5069-IB16F, 5069-IB6F-3W · DC safety input modules - 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Data Transfer at RPI or Change of State Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S Compact 5000 I/O digital input modules always send data at the RPI, but they send data at a change of state only if the COS feature is enabled. The following table describes the two ways a module sends data to the owner-controller. Method RPI COS Description A user-defined rate at which the module updates the information that is sent to its owner-controller. Configurable feature that, when enabled, instructs the module to update its ownercontroller with new data whenever a specified input point transitions from On to Off and Off to On. The data is sent at the RPI rate when there is no change of state. By default, this setting is always enabled for input modules. You set the RPI on the Connection page of the Module Properties dialog box in the Logix Designer application. MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix 78 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Software Configurable Input Filters and Delays Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 3 Input Module Features You can increase the time that it takes for an input point to transition from On to Off and Off to On for Compact 5000 I/O digital input modules. The increase in time is a delay of the signal from the module to the controller. The increase in the time to transition from one state to another improves noise immunity within a signal. Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules For Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules, the configurable parameter is Input Filter Time. This table describes how to use this feature with most of the standard input modules. Module 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16K 5069-IB6F-3W 5069-IB16F Valid Filter Value Range 0 µ...50 ms Default Value 1 ms 0 µs The input signal that is connected to the 5069-IA16 input module dictates the valid input filter values that you can use. Input Signal Value 120V AC 240V AC Filter Time: Off to On - Valid Values · 1 ms · 1 ms · 2 ms · 5 ms Filter Time: On to Off - Valid Values · 10 ms · 20 ms · 5 ms · 10 ms · 20 ms IMPORTANT Logix Designer application lets you choose filter time values that are invalid for some input signals. For example, the only valid Off to On filter value when a 120V AC signal is connected to the module is 1 ms. However, you can choose 1 ms, 2 ms, or 5 ms. Make sure that you select a valid input filter value when you configure the module. If you select an invalid input filter value, the module can read signal levels incorrectly. To see where to set the input filter values, see the following: · 5069-IA16 module - page 157 · 5069-IB16 and 5069-IB16K module - page 159 · 5069-IB16F module - page 161 · 5069-IB6F-3W module - page 167 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 79 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Modules For Compact 5000 I/O safety input modules, the configurable parameter is Input Delay Time. This table describes how to use this feature with the safety input modules. Modules 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK Valid Filter Value Range 0 ms...50 ms Default Value 0 ms To see where to set the Input Delay Time on the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK modules, see page 191. For more information on how to use the Input Delay Time feature on a 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module, see Safety Input Delay Time on page 128. Input Filter with Compact 5000 I/O Fast Input Modules IMPORTANT · This description applies to 5069-IB16F and 5069-IB6F-3W modules, and to any 5069-IB16 module that uses firmware revision 2.011 and earlier. · The input filters work the same whether the transition is a simple state transition or when the state transition triggers an Event. On the Compact 5000 I/O fast input modules, the input filter not only helps to improve noise immunity in a signal but also to help prevent rapid changes of the input data due to contact bounce. The input filter time defines how long an input signal transition must remain in the new state before the transition is valid and the input changes state. Input and Event timestamps are only recorded with valid transitions. A transition is only valid if the input signal remains in the new state for the entirety of the filter duration. If the input changes state again before the chosen input filter time elapses, the transition is not valid. 80 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Off to On Filter On to Off Filter Chapter 3 Input Module Features In Figure 10, the first three signal transitions--both On to Off and Off to On-remain the same state until the filter time elapses and are not valid. Figure 10 - Input Filter Usage on Compact 5000 I/O Fast Input Modules ON Input Signal OFF End Filter Duration Start ON Module Input Data OFF State Change Off to On Filter Timestamp Value ON Input Signal OFF End Filter Duration Start ON Module Input Data OFF State Change ON to Off Filter Timestamp Value Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 81 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Module Health Diagnostic Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Every Compact 5000 I/O digital module has a status indicator on the front of the module that indicates module health. For more information on status indicators, see Appendix A, Troubleshoot Your Module on page 199. MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix SA Power MOD Power Fault and Status Reporting Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 The input modules multicast fault and status data with channel data to the owner and listening controllers. The data is returned via module tags that you can monitor in your Logix Designer application. With some exceptions, the Compact 5000 I/O digital input modules provide the fault and data status in a point-centric format. The tag names that include Ptxx represent point-centric data in the table. The xx represents the point number. B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Not all tags that are listed in Table 17 apply to all Compact 5000 I/O digital input modules. For example, the 5069-IB16F module uses the Eventx.PtxxData tag. The 5069-IB16 or 5069-IB16K modules do not use it. Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix 82 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules Table 17 lists tags that are used on Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules. IMPORTANT For more information on the valid values for each tag, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. Table 17 - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Module - Fault and Data Status Data Type Fault Status Tag Name(1) ConnectionFaulted(2) Counterxx.Fault Ptxx.Fault Eventx.CounterxxFault Eventx.Fault Eventx.Ptxx.Fault RunMode DiagnosticActive DiagnosticSequenceCount Counterxx.Data Counterxx.Uncertain Eventx.PtxxData Eventx.Uncertain Ptxx.Data Ptxx.Uncertain Uncertain(2) Triggering Event That Sets The owner-controller loses its connection to the module. The counter data quality is bad. The point data quality is bad. The corresponding counter had a fault that indicated when the event occurred. The signal connection is lost. The event data quality is bad. The module is in Run Mode. Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. The count increments each time that a diagnostic condition is detected or removed. The point input status is 0 or 1. The counter data can be imperfect. The point input status is 0 or 1. The event data can be imperfect. The point input status is 0 or 1. The point data can be imperfect. The module is operating outside its designed operating range if data is under manual or override control. (1) Not all tag names apply to all Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules. For example, only modules that support the Events feature use the Event tags but modules. (2) This tag provides module-wide data and affects all channels simultaneously. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 83 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Table 18 lists tags that are used on Compact 5000 I/O safety input module. IMPORTANT For more information on the valid values for each tag, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. Table 18 - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module - Fault and Data Status Data Type Fault Status Tag Name ConnectionFaulted(1) Ptxx.Fault Ptxx.ShortCircuit Testxx.Fault Testxx.ShortCircuit Testxx.FieldPowerOff RunMode DiagnosticActive DiagnosticSequenceCount Ptxx.Data Ptxx.Uncertain Ptxx.Status Testxx.Readback Testxx.Uncertain Testxx.Status Triggering Event That Sets The owner-controller loses its connection to the module. The point data quality is bad or the channel is set to Not Used. A short circuit condition exists on the point. The point data quality is bad or the channel is set to Not Used. A short circuit condition exists on the test point. A field power lost condition exists on the test point. The module is in Run Mode. Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. The count increments each time that a diagnostic condition is detected or removed. The data currently at the point. The point data can be imperfect because an Over temperature or Critical Temperature condition exists. The point state transitions from normal to faulted or faulted to normal. A 24V DC power is present at the test output. The test point data can be imperfect. The test point state transitions from normal to faulted or faulted to normal. (1) This tag provides module-wide data an affects all channels simultaneously. For more information on fault reporting, see Appendix A, Troubleshoot Your Module on page 199. 84 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Simple Count Mode Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Simple count mode is used to count input pulses. IMPORTANT The following Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules support Simple Count mode: · 5069-IB16 · 5069-IB16F · 5069-IB16K · 5069-IB6F-3W When using the simple counter function, the module counts input pulses up to the following frequencies: · The simple counter maximum frequency for the 5069-IB16 and 5069-IB16K modules is 500 Hz (inv. period 2 ms). The maximum number of counters on the 5069-IB16 and 5069-IB16K modules is 8. You can configure channels 0...7 to be counters. · The simple counter maximum frequency for the 5069-IB16F and 5069-IB6F-3W modules is: 30 kHz (inv. period 33.3 s). - The maximum number of counters on the 5069-IB16F module is 8. You can configure channels 0...7 to be counters. - The maximum number of counters on the 5069-IB6F-3W module is 4. You can configure channels 0...3 to be counters. The modules compare total count to previously programmed values and then can activate an associated output. The modules provide for count up functionality and counter overflow. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 85 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Sequence of Events Per Point Timestamping Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Timestamping registers a time reference to a change in input data. CIP SyncTM is used for timestamping. IMPORTANT The following Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules support Per Point Timestamping: · 5069-IB16F · 5069-IB6F-3W The 5069-IB16F and 5069-IB6F-3W DC input modules offer submillisecond timestamping on a per point basis. Time stamp values have ±10 s accuracy and ±1 ns resolution. You can use CIP Sync to establish a sequence of events occurring at an input module point by timestamping the input data. To determine a sequence of events, you must perform the following: · On the Module Definition dialog box in the Logix Designer application project, set the Input Data parameter to Timestamp Data. · Enable COS for the input point where a sequence occurs, and disable COS for all other points on the module. You can enable COS in the following ways. Location in Logix Designer Application Module Properties dialog box > Points category > Ptxx subcategory Module tags Action Check the input transition type where you need to latch short duration pulses. For example, if you need to latch short duration pulses for Off to On transitions, check Off -> On Input Transition. One or both of the following: · Change the C.Ptxx.CaptureOffOnEn tag to 1. · Change the C.Ptxx.CaptureOnOffEn tag to 1. For more information on Timestamping, see page 74. To see where to set the Timestamping options, see the following: · 5069-IB16F module - page 162 · 5069-IB6F-3W module - page 168 86 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chatter Detection Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Chatter Detection is a feature that is directly related to Timestamping. You use the feature to detect when a device that is connected to an input module causes chatter. Chatter occurs when the device causes the inputs to transition falsely many times in a relatively short period. As a result, the module timestamps invalid input transitions. You can configure the following: · Chatter count - Determines the number of acceptable input transitions that can occur in a given time period before considering the input to be chatter. Valid chatter count values range from 2...127. · Chatter Time - Determines the amount of time within which the number of input transitions are counted. Valid chatter time values range from 1...10000 ms. To see where to set the Chatter Detection options, see the following: · 5069-IB16F module - page 162 · 5069-IB6F-3W module - page 168 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 87 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Events Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 You can use the Events feature to trigger events. IMPORTANT The following Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules support the Events feature: · 5069-IB16F · 5069-IB6F-3W The modules support up to four event configurations. The following can trigger events: · An input state change. · A counting input done bit change. · A pattern of input state changes on multiple module inputs. You must use the Data with Events connection type in the Module Definition to use the Events feature. Event Definition You define an event. When you define an event, remember the following: · The event definition parameters are shown on Eventsxx category in the Module Properties dialog box. The parameters are read-only in the dialog box as shown in this example. IMPORTANT: You cannot change the parameters on this dialog box. 88 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 3 Input Module Features · The event definition parameters are configured in the Event Output s as shown in this example. Table 19 - Event Definition Table 19 describes the tasks that are included in defining an event. Task Enable the event. Choose if an input state change or a pattern of input state changes triggers the event. Select at least one point on the module to participate in the event. For all points that participate in the event, choose what constitutes an event state. Choose which edge of the event triggers the event. That is, if the rising edge, falling edge, or either edge of the event. Latch the event. This task is optional. Event Output Tag to Change Valid Values EO.Eventxx.En · 0 = Event is disabled. · 1 = Event is enabled. EO.Eventxx.IndependentConditionTriggerEn · 0 = Pattern of input state changes triggers the event. · 1 = Single input state change triggers the event. The tag name changes based on the input function. The following names are available: · EO.Eventxx.PtxxDataSelect - This tag appears for any point on the module if no counters are used. · EO.Eventxx.CounterxxSelect - These tags begin at · 0 = Point does not participate in the event trigger. · 1 = Point participates in the event trigger. point00 and continue based on the number of counters that the module uses. The tag name changes based on the input function. The following names are available: · · EO.Eventxx.PtxxDataValue - This tag appears for any point on the module if no counters are used. EO.Eventxx.CounterxxValue - The tags begin at point00 · · 0 = On to Off state transition 1 = Off to On state transition and continue based on the number of counters that the module uses. Both of the following: · EO.Eventxx.EventRisingEn · EO.Eventxx.EventFallingEn The combination of the tag settings determines which edge triggers the event: · Rising edge triggers the event set by this combination: EO.Eventxx.EventRisingEn = 1 EO.Eventxx.EventFallingEn = 0 · Falling edge triggers the event set by this combination: EO.Eventxx.EventRisingEn = 0 EO.Eventxx.EventFallingEn = 1 · Falling edge triggers the event set by this combination: EO.Eventxx.EventRisingEn = 1 EO.Eventxx.EventFallingEn = 1 EO.Eventxx.LatchEn · 0 = Event is not latched. · 1 = Event is latched. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 89 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Independent Point Trigger An input state change triggering an event is known as an independent point trigger. To use this type of trigger, you must enable the Independent Point Trigger option in the event definition. You set the EO.Eventxx.IndependentConditionTriggerEn tag to 1. Pattern Match Trigger When a pattern of input state changes triggers an event, multiple points participate in the event trigger. To use this type of trigger, you must disable the Independent Point Trigger option in the event definition. You set the EO.Eventxx.IndependentConditionTriggerEn tag to 0. Every point that participates in an event trigger is configured separately. Depending on the event definition, the collective status of all points triggers the event. The table describes event triggers. Trigger Enter pattern match state Leave pattern match state Enter or leave pattern match state Definition If the event is defined to trigger on the rising edge, the event is triggered when a state change on any participating point results in all point configuration conditions being met. In the event definition dialog box, Trigger Event = On input transition to match pattern. If the event is defined to trigger on the falling edge, the event is triggered when a state change on any participating point results in all point configuration conditions no longer being met. In the event definition dialog box, Trigger Event = On input transition to not match pattern. If the event is defined to trigger on the rising or falling edge, the event is triggered when a state change on any participating point results in all point configuration conditions being met or no longer being met. In the event definition dialog box, Trigger Event = On input transition to not match pattern. 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Additional Event Considerations Chapter 3 Input Module Features When you use the Events feature, also consider the following: · An Event task only actuates if an event occurs. IMPORTANT Make sure that you link the Event task to the Event Input tag, not the Input tag. Keep in mind that when the Event task executes, the input tag data can have the same data that was sent at the last RPI. · An event is recognized only when it maintains the same state for at least the duration of the input filter time specified. · Configure the event at a rate that stops task overlap conditions. If you enable COS for multiple points, a task overlap of the event can occur. · Configure the event at a rate that is likely to succeed. A 2 ms signal width is the minimum pulse width that can be used at which the event succeeds. · After the event executes, it does not execute again until the event occurs again. · For more information on event tasks, see the Logix5000TM Controllers Tasks, Programs, and Routines Programming Manual, publication 1756-PM005. To see how to configure the Events feature, see the following: · 5069-IB16F module - page 163 · 5069-IB6F-3W module - page 169 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 91 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Pulse Latching Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 You can use Pulse Latching to detect or latch short duration pulses. The module can detect incoming pulses with a duration as short as 10 s if the frequency is under 4 kHz (period of 250 s). IMPORTANT The following Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules support Pulse Latching: · 5069-IB16F · 5069-IB6F-3W Pulse Latching is supported via the Timestamping feature and Timestamp Latching. To use Pulse Latching, you must complete the following: · On the Module Definition dialog box in the Logix Designer application project, set the Input Data parameter to Timestamp Data. · Enable COS for the input point where a latch of short duration pulses is needed. You can enable COS in the following ways. Location in Logix Designer Application Module Properties dialog box > Points category > Ptxx subcategory Module tags Action Check the input transition type where you need to latch short duration pulses. For example, if you need short duration pulses latched for Off to On transitions, check Off -> On Input Transition. One or both of the following: · Change the C.Ptxx.CaptureOffOnEn tag to 1. · Change the C.Ptxx.CaptureOnOffEn tag to 1. COS is disabled by default on all points. When the module detects a short duration pulse at an input point, the changes that are described in this table occur. Input Transition Type Where Pulse Is Captured Off to On On to Off Change in Logix Designer Project · The I.Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumber tag increments. · The timestamp is recorded in I.Ptxx.TimestampOffOn tag. · The I.Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumber tag increments. · The timestamp is recorded in I.Ptxx.TimestampOnOff tag. 92 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 3 Input Module Features When subsequent short duration pulses are detected at the same input point, the Latching configuration dictates what changes, if any, occur in the Logix Designer project. Latching Configuration Disabled (default) The following conditions disable Timestamp Latching: · Enable Timestamp Latching field on the Module Properties dialog box is clear · C.Ptxx.TimestampLatchEn tag = 0. Enabled The following conditions enable Timestamp Latching: · Enable Timestamp Latching field on the Module Properties dialog box is checked. · C.Ptxx.TimestampLatchEn tag = 1. Input Transition Type Where Pulse Is Captured Off to On On to Off Off to On On to Off Change in Logix Designer Project The I.Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumber tag increments. The new timestamp is recorded in the I.Ptxx.TimestampOffOn tag, overwriting the previous timestamp. The I.Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumber tag increments. The new timestamp is recorded in the I.Ptxx.TimestampOnOff tag, overwriting the previous timestamp. The I.Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumber and I.Ptxx.TimestampOffOn tags remain latched until the last captured pulse is acknowledged. In other words, the tag values remain the same until the last captured pulse is acknowledged. The I.Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumber and I.Ptxx.TimestampOnOff tags remain latched until the last captured pulse is acknowledged. In other words, the tag values remain the same until the last captured pulse is acknowledged. To acknowledge the last captured pulse, set the output tag of the last input pulse as follows: · Off to On transition - Set the O.Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumberAck tag = I.Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumber tag. · On to Off transition - Set the O.Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumberAck tag = I.Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumber tag. Once a pulse latch is acknowledged for an input point, the next pulse at that point increments the corresponding I.Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumber and records the timestamp in I.Ptxx.TimestampOffOn. You can change tag values in program logic while normal module operation continues or through the Logix Designer application tag editor. For more information about module tags, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 93 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Field Power Loss Detection Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix The Field Power Loss Detection feature monitors for the loss of field-side power on an SA power bus. IMPORTANT The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK are the only Compact 5000 I/O input modules that support Field Power Loss Detection. When power is lost from an SA power bus, the Compact 5000 I/O safety input modules detect the loss of field power and fault. Fault data is then sent to the controller. All points on the module fault when field power is lost. Table 20 describes what happens when a field power loss condition is detected. Table 20 - Field Power Loss Detection - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Test Output Behavior · Faults · Turns off Tag Value · I.Testxx.FieldPowerOff tag = 1 · I.Testxx.Fault tag = 1 Diagnostic Value I/O Status SA Status Indicator State Indicator FieldPowerOff diagnostic = 1 Solid red Off To correct the issue, you must reapply field power to the test output. Table 21 describes what happens when a field power is restored and the error latch time, if set, has expired. Table 21 - Field Power Loss Detection - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Test Output Behavior Restarts in its commanded state. Tag Value · I.Testxx.FieldPowerOff tag = 0 · I.Testxx.Fault tag = 0 Diagnostic Value I/O Status SA Status Indicator State Indicator FieldPowerOff diagnostic = 0 Off Steady green IMPORTANT The module can require up to 1 second to complete the recovery in addition to the Input Error Latch Time. Field Power Loss Detection has a corresponding tag that can be examined in the user program if a fault occurs. For information on modules, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. You can also monitor a point for the presence of a field power loss via the diagnostics that are available in the Module Properties dialog box in Logix Designer application. IMPORTANT Keep in mind the following: · Field Power Loss detection is specific to the SA Power bus. · You can use 5069-FPD field potential distributors to establish new SA power buses that are separate from the one that the controller or EtherNet/IPTM adapter establishes. · If separate external power supplies are used for each SA power bus, the loss of field power from one SA power bus does not affect modules that draw power from other SA power buses. 94 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Short Circuit Protection Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 3 Input Module Features Short Circuit Protection helps prevent damage to a test output on a 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module that can result when more current is present at the output than it can handle. IMPORTANT The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK are the only Compact 5000 I/O input modules that support Short Circuit Protection. The diagnostic is supported on all module outputs, that is, the Test Output points and the Test Output/Muting Output points. Table 22 describes what happens when a short circuit condition is detected. Table 22 - Short Circuit Protection - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Test Output Behavior Tag Value · Faults · Turns off I.Testxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 I.Testxx.Fault tag = 1 Diagnostic Value Short Circuit diagnostic = 1 I/O Status Indicator State Flashing red To correct the issue, remove the short. Table 23 describes what happens when the short circuit condition is corrected. Table 23 - Short Circuit Protection - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Test Output Behavior Tag Value Restarts in its commanded state. I.Testxx.ShortCircuit tag = 0 I.Testxx.Fault tag = 0 Diagnostic Value Short Circuit diagnostic = 0 I/O Status Indicator State Turns off if there is no longer a load that is connected to the output. For more information on the maximum current that you can apply to an output, see the Compact 5000 I/O Modules and EtherNet/IP Adapters Technical Data, publication 5069-TD001. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 95 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Muting Lamp Fault and Short Circuit Diagnostics Triggered The conditions that are described in this section can trigger the Muting Lamp Fault and Short Circuit diagnostic on a 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module test output point. Table 24 describes conditions within which the muting lamp fault and short circuit diagnostics are triggered. Table 24 - Short Circuit Protection - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Conditions Test Output Behavior Tag(1) and Diagnositic(1) Value · Muting Lamp Points in Module Definition - Point 02, Point 03, or Point 02 and 03 · Test Output Point Mode - Muting Lamp · Test Output Data tag = 1 · Test output point is shorted to 24V DC · Muting Lamp Points in Module Definition - Point 02, Point 03, or Point 02 and 03 · Test Output Point Mode - Muting Lamp · Test Output Data tag = 1 · Test output point is shorted to another test output point · Muting Lamp Points in Module Definition - Point 02, Point 03, or Point 02 and 03 · Test Output Point Mode - Muting Lamp · Test Output Data tag = 1 · Test output point is shorted to ground · Faults · Turns off · Faults(2) · Turns off · Faults · Turns off · I.Testxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 · I.Testxx.Fault tag = 1 · Muting Lamp Fault diagnostic = 1 · Short Circuit diagnostic = 1 · I.Testxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 · I.Testxx.Fault tag = 1 · Muting Lamp Fault diagnostic = 1 · Short Circuit diagnostic = 1 · I.Testxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 · I.Testxx.Fault tag = 1 · Short Circuit diagnostic = 1 · Short Circuit to Ground diagnostic = 1 I/O Status Indicator State Flashing red Flashing red Flashing red (1) The diagnostics on the fault test output point are triggered in succession. That is, the Muting Lamp Fault diagnostic changes to 1 and then the Short Circuit diagnostic is triggered. (2) This behavior occurs only on the test output point that is faulted. When the conditions that trigger the diagnostics as described in Table 24 are corrected, the results are the same as described in Table 23 on page 95. Test Output Recovery After Overload or Short Circuit to Ground Condition Table 25 describes test output recovery after overload or short circuit to ground conditions occur. Table 25 - Test Output Recovery - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Modules Cause of Fault Overload Condition Short Circuit to Ground Condition Module Operating Conditions Correction Recovery Time · Test Output Point Mode - Pulse Test, Power Supply, or Muting Lamp. · Test Output Data tag = 1. Remove the load from the test output point. After the condition is corrected, and the test · Overload current 0.7 A. output is returned to the safe state, it · Test Output Point Mode - Pulse Test, Power Supply, or Muting Lamp. · Test Output Data tag = 1. One of the following: · If the Point Mode for the test output is Pulse Test or Power Supply when the Short Circuit condition is detected, the condition can be corrected but you cannot set the test output to a safe state. recovers in whichever of the following times are higher: · 10 seconds · Input Error Latch Time - This time is set on the Input Points category of the Module Properties dialog box. · Test output is connected directly to ground. · If the Point Mode for the test output is To see where to set the Input Error Latch Time, Muting Lamp and the output is on when the go to page 191. Short Circuit condition is detected, the ShortToHigh is detected as a muting fault. 96 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Thermal Shutoff Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 3 Input Module Features Thermal Shutoff helps prevent damage to a test output on the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module that can result when an output gets hotter than it can handle. IMPORTANT The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK are the only Compact 5000 I/O input modules that support Thermal Shutoff. This feature is directly related to Short Circuit Protection feature. The increased temperature at the output results from an excessive load at the output. That is, a load with high current is applied to the output. The high current heats the output beyond an acceptable temperature and the output turns off. Table 26 describes what happens when a thermal shutoff condition is detected. Table 26 - Thermal Shutoff - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Test Output Behavior Tag Value · Faults · Turns off I.Testxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 Diagnostic Value Short Circuit diagnostic = 1 I/O Status Indicator State Steady red Table 27 describes what happens when the thermal shutoff condition is corrected. Table 27 - Thermal Shutoff - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Test Output Behavior Tag Value Goes in its commanded state. IMPORTANT: The I.Testxx.ShortCircuit tag = 0 commanded state must be the Off state. Diagnostic Value I/O Status Indicator State One of the following: · · If the output point is shorted to 24V DC, the Overload diagnostic = 0. If the output point is shorted to ground, the Short Turns off if there is no longer a load that is connected to the output. Circuit diagnostic = 0. For more information on how to use the modules, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 97 Chapter 3 Input Module Features Notes: 98 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Output Module Features 4 Chapter Topic Page Multiple Output Module Types 100 Module Health Diagnostics 100 Data Echo 101 Field Power Loss Detection 102 No Load Detection 104 Short Circuit Protection 107 Thermal Shutoff 111 Fault and Status Reporting 113 Output State Change Time 114 Configurable Channel-level Output State in Program Mode or Fault Mode 115 Connection Fault Handling 115 Forcing 117 Time-scheduled Output Control 120 Isolated and Non-isolated Varieties of Output Modules 122 This chapter describes features that are supported on Compact 5000TM I/O digital output modules. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 99 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Multiple Output Module Types Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S The Compact 5000 I/O digital module family offers the following output module types: · AC standard output module - 5069-OA16 · DC standard output modules - 5069-OB8, 5069-OB16 · DC standard output conformal coated module - 5069-OB16K · DC standard fast output module - 5069--OB16F · Standard relay output modules - 5069-OW4I, 5069-OW16, 5069-OX4I · Safety output modules - 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Module Health Diagnostics Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Each output module has a status indicator on the front of the module that indicates module health. For more information on module health diagnostics, see Appendix A, Troubleshoot Your Module on page 199. MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix 100 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Data Echo Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power Chapter 4 Output Module Features Data Echo automatically multicasts point data values that match the digital value that was sent to the screw terminals of the module then. A Compact 5000 I/O digital output module returns a value that was sent to it by the owner-controller. The echoed value is either On or Off. Fault and status data are also sent. This data is sent at the RPI. SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 101 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Field Power Loss Detection Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 The Field Power Loss Detection feature monitors for the loss of field power, either from the SA power bus or, for some modules, from the LA power terminals. IMPORTANT The following output module support Field Power Loss detection and receive field power from the SA power bus: · 5069-OA16 · 5069-OW16 The following output modules that support Field Power Loss detection and receive field power from LA power terminals: · 5069-OB8 · 5069-OB16/B · 5069-OB16F/B · 5069-OB16K/B · 5069-OBV8S · 5069-OBV8SK These modules do not draw current from the SA power bus. When field power is lost, Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules detect the loss of field power and fault. Fault data is then sent to the controller. Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix All points on the module fault when field power is lost. Table 28 describes what happens when a field power loss condition is detected. Table 28 - Field Power Loss Detection Condition Detected - Compact 5000 I/O Digital Output Modules Cat. Nos. Output Behavior 5069-OA16, 5069-OB8, 5069-OB16/B, 5069-OB16F/B, 5069-OB16K/B, · Faults 5069-OW16 · Turns off 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK Tag Value Diagnostic Value I/O Status Indicator State SA Status Indicator State I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 · I.Ptxx.FieldPowerOff tag = 1 · I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 FieldPowerOff diagnostic = 1 Flashing Red N/A Solid Red Off To correct the issue, you must reapply field power to the output module. 102 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Table 29 describes what happens when a field power loss condition is resolved, the error latch time, if set, has expired, and the module is recovered. Table 29 - Field Power Loss Detection Condition is Resolved - Compact 5000 I/O Digital Output Modules Cat. Nos. Output Behavior Tag Value 5069-OA16, 5069-OB8, 5069-OB16/B, 5069-OB16F/B, Restarts in its 5069-OB16K/B, commanded 5069-OW16 state.(1) 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 0 · I.Ptxx.FieldPowerOff tag = 0 · I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 0 Diagnostic Value FieldPowerOff diagnostic = 0 I/O Status Indicator State Off SA Status Indicator State N/A Steady green (1) If the commanded state is On, the output turns on 100 ms after the Field Power Loss condition is resolved. IMPORTANT The module can require up to 1 second to complete the recovery in addition to the Output Error Latch Time. Field Power Loss Detection has a corresponding tag that can be examined in the user program if a fault occurs. For information on module s, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. You can also monitor a point for the presence of a field power loss via the diagnostics that are available in the Module Properties dialog box in Logix Designer application. IMPORTANT Keep in mind the following: · With the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules, Field Power Loss detection not only detects the loss of field power at the LA terminals. Field Power Loss also detects the presence of an undervoltage or overvoltage condition on the SA power bus where the module resides. That is, if the SA power bus uses a level of power that is outside the supported voltage range for the module, the conditions described in Table 28 on page 102 occur. Undervoltage or overvoltage conditions on the SA power bus can be detected whether field power is connected to the LA terminals or not. · You can use 5069-FPD field potential distributors to establish new SA power buses that are separate from the one that the controller or EtherNet/IPTM adapter establishes. · If separate external power supplies are used for each SA power bus, the loss of field power from one SA power bus does not affect modules that draw power from other SA power buses. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 103 Chapter 4 Output Module Features No Load Detection Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix No Load Detection detects when a wire is disconnected from an output or a load is missing from an output. IMPORTANT The following Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules support No Load Detection: · 5069-OB8 · 5069-OB16 · 5069-OB16F · 5069-OB16K · 5069-OBV8S · 5069-OBV8SK No Load Detection with Standard Output Modules On Compact 5000 I/O standard output modules, No Load detection only works when the output is in the Off state. A standard output module cannot detect a No Load condition if the output is in the On state. A No Load condition can exist when the output is on. However, because standard output modules cannot detect a No Load condition when the output is on, the module appears to be working normally on the status indicators and in the Logix Designer application project. No Load Detection is disabled by default on Compact 5000 I/O standard output modules. You must enable the feature in your Logix Designer application project in one of the following ways: · Click Enable No Load Diagnostics for output on the Points category of the Module Properties dialog box. in the Logix Designer application project. · Change the C.Outputxx.NoLoadEn to 1, where xx represents the output number. A load that is connected to an output on a standard output module must draw a minimum of 0.5 mA or it is considered missing. IMPORTANT An output must remain in the off state a minimum of 250 ms for No Load condition to be detected. 104 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Table 30 describes what happens when a No Load condition is detected. Table 30 - No Load Detection - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Tag Value I.Ptxx.NoLoad tag = 1 Diagnostic Value No Load diagnostic = 1 I/O Status Indicator State Flashing red To correct the No Load condition, reconnect any disconnected wires or the load to the output. Table 31 describes what happens when a No Load condition is corrected. Table 31 - No Load Detection - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Tag Value I.Ptxx.NoLoad tag = 0 Diagnostic Value No Load diagnostic = 0 I/O Status Indicator State Off You can monitor a module tag in your program that corresponds to the No Load Detection to check for a fault. For more information on the tag, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. You can also monitor a point for the presence of a No Load condition via the diagnostics that are available in the Module Properties dialog box in Logix Designer application. For more information on where to configure No Load Detection, see the following: · 5069-OB8 - page 173 · 5069-OB16 and 5069-OB16K module - page 174 · 5069-OB16F module - page 175 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 105 Chapter 4 Output Module Features No Load Detection with Safety Output Modules On Compact 5000 I/O safety output modules, No Load detection only works when the output is in the Off state. A No Load condition can exist when the output is on. However, because safety output modules cannot detect a No Load condition when the output is on, the module appears to be working normally on the status indicators and in the Logix Designer application project. Table 32 describes how you can use the feature. Table 32 - No Load Detection Conditions - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Modules Operating Conditions · Module revision 1.011 · Default configuration profile in Logix Designer application · Module revision 2.011 · Add-On profile, version 2.01, in Logix Designer application Default Setting Enabled Change Setting Not available You cannot disable the feature. To disable the feature, clear the Enable No Load Diagnostic check box for the output on the Points category of the Module Properties dialog box. A load that is connected to an output on a safety output module must draw a minimum of 10 mA, for example, 2.4 k at 24V DC, or it is considered missing. This requirement applies if the output is in the Off and On state. IMPORTANT An output must remain in the off state a minimum of 250 ms for No Load condition to be detected. Table 33 describes what happens when a No Load condition is detected. Table 33 - No Load Detection - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Modules Tag Value I.Ptxx.NoLoad tag = 1 I/O Status Indicator State One of the following: · Flashing red - If the output is off and a No Load condition is detected. · Flashing red/yellow - If the output is off and a No Load condition is detected, but the condition is not corrected and the output turns on. In this case, the status indicator is flashing red until the safety output is turned on. IMPORTANT When the safety output is in the On state, and there was a load detected in the Off state, the I/O status indicator is steady yellow. If the load is then lost from the safety output, for example, because a wire gets disconnected when the safety output is still in the On state, the No Load condition is not detected. The I/O status indicator for the safety output remains steady yellow. 106 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Short Circuit Protection Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 4 Output Module Features Table 34 describes what happens when a No Load condition is corrected. Table 34 - No Load Detection - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Modules Tag Value I.Ptxx.NoLoad tag = 0 I/O Status Indicator State Off You can monitor a module tag in your program that corresponds to the No Load Detection to check for a fault. For more information on the tag, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. You can also monitor a point for the presence of a No Load condition via the diagnostics that are available in the Module Properties dialog box in Logix Designer application. Short Circuit Protection helps prevent damage to the output that can result when more current is present at the output than it can handle. IMPORTANT The following Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules support Short Circuit Detection: · 5069-OB8 · 5069-OB16 · 5069-OB16F · 5069-OB16K · 5069-OBV8S · 5069-OBV8SK Short Circuit Protection with Standard Output Modules Table 35 describes what happens when a short circuit condition is detected on a Compact 5000 I/O standard output module. Table 35 - Short Circuit Protection - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Output Behavior · Faults · Turns off Tag Value I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 Diagnostic Value Short Circuit diagnostic = 1 I/O Status Indicator State Flashing red To correct the issue, you must remove the short circuit condition. Table 36 describes what happens when the short circuit condition is corrected on a Compact 5000 I/O standard output module. Table 36 - Short Circuit Protection - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Output Behavior Restarts in its commanded state Tag Value I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 0 Diagnostic Value Short Circuit diagnostic = 0 I/O Status Indicator State Steady yellow For more information on the maximum current that you can apply to an output, see the Compact 5000 I/O Modules and EtherNet/IP Adapters Technical Data, publication 5069-TD001. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 107 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Short Circuit Protection with Safety Output Modules Table 37 describes what happens when a short circuit condition is detected on a Compact 5000 I/O safety output module. Table 37 - Short Circuit Protection - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Modules Output Behavior · Faults · Turns off Tag Value Diagnostic Value I/O Status Indicator State One of the following: · If the output point was One of the following: · If the output point is shorted to 24V DC, the I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1. · If the output point is shorted to ground, no tags are changed. · shorted to 24V DC when the short circuit condition was detected, the Short Circuit diagnostic = 1. If the output point is shorted to ground when the short circuit condition was One of the following: · Flashes red if the output point is shorted to 24V DC. · Off if the output point is shorted to ground. detected, the Short Circuit to Ground diagnostic = 1. Table 38 describes what happens when the short circuit condition is removed from a Compact 5000 I/O safety output module and the data is set to safe state, that is, the off state. Table 38 - Short Circuit Protection - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Modules Output Behavior Restarts in its commanded state Tag Value Diagnostic Value I/O Status Indicator State One of the following: · If the output point was shorted to 24V DC when the One of the following: short circuit condition was · If the output point is shorted detected, the Short Circuit to 24V DC, the diagnostic = 0. Turns off if there is no I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 0. · If the output point is shorted IMPORTANT: You must cycle longer a load that is power to the module to reset connected to the the diagnostic. output. to ground, no tags are changed. · If the output point is shorted to ground when the short circuit condition was detected, the Short Circuit to Ground diagnostic = 0. For more information on the maximum current that you can apply to an output, see the Compact 5000 I/O Modules and EtherNet/IP Adapters Technical Data, publication 5069-TD001. 108 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Other Conditions That Can Trigger the Short Circuit Diagnostic on the 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK Module Table 39 describes conditions that can trigger the Short Circuit diagnostic. Table 39 - Conditions That Trigger Short Circuit Diagnostic Conditions Output Behavior · Output Mode - Sourcing · Point Operation Type - Single · Point Mode - Safety Pulse Test · O.Ptxx.Data tag = 1 · Output point is shorted to 24V DC. · Faults · Turns off The following conditions exist on a pair of module outputs: · Output Mode - Sourcing · Point Operation Type - Dual · Faults · Point Mode - Safety Pulse Test · Turns off · O.Ptxx.Data tag = 1 (Either output point in the pair) · Output point is shorted to 24V DC (Either output point in the pair). The following conditions exist on a pair of module outputs: · Output Mode - Sourcing · Faults · Point Operation Type - Dual · Turns off · O.Ptxx.Data tag = 1 (Both output points in the pair) · Output points are shorted to each other. Possible Tag and Diagnostic Combinations I/O Status Indicator State Combination 1 · I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 · Short Circuit diagnostic = 1 · I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 Combination 2 · I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 · Internal Fault diagnostic = 1 Combination 3 · I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 · Internal Fault diagnostic = 1 · Overload Fault diagnostic = 1 IMPORTANT: The tag and diagnostic combinations that are described occur on the faulted output point and all of its associated group points. Combination 1 · I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 · I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 · Short Circuit diagnostic = 1 · Internal Fault diagnostic = 1 Combination 2 · I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 · Internal Fault diagnostic = 1 IMPORTANT: The tag and diagnostic combinations that are described occur on the faulted output point and all of its associated group points. The I/O status indicator for the faulted output point turns off. Combination 1 · I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 (Both output points in the pair) · Short Circuit diagnostic = 1 (Both output points in the pair) · I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 Combination 2 · I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 (Faulted output point and all of its associated group points) · Internal Fault diagnostic = 1 (Faulted output point and all of its associated group points When the conditions that trigger the diagnostics as described in Table 39 are corrected, the results are the same as described in Table 38 on page 108. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 109 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Output Recovery After Overload or Short Circuit to Ground Condition Table 40 describes test output recovery after overload or short circuit to ground conditions occur. Table 40 - Output Recovery - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Modules Cause of Fault Overload Condition Short Circuit to Ground Condition Module Operating Conditions Correction Recovery Time Remove the load from the output point. When safety output module After the condition is resides in a remote Compact corrected, and the 5000 I/O system, the output is returned to the · · · Output Point Mode - Safety or Safety Pulse Test. Output Data tag = 1. Overload current 1.5 A connection to the Compact 5000 EtherNet/IP adapter can break. When the cable break occurs and then recovers, the load safe state, it recovers in whichever of the following times is higher: · 10 seconds recovers if the command state of the output point is still high even if the command state in the program did not go to the safe state. · Output Error Latch Time - This time is set on the Points category of the Module Properties dialog box. · Output Point Mode - Safety or To see where to set the Safety Pulse Test. Remove the output connection Output Error Latch Time, · Output Data tag = 1. to ground and set the output to go to page 192. · Output is connected directly a safe state. to ground. 110 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Thermal Shutoff Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Chapter 4 Output Module Features Thermal Shutoff helps prevent damage to the output that can result when an output gets hotter than it can handle. IMPORTANT The following Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules support the Thermal Shutoff feature: · 5069-OB8 · 5069-OB16 · 5069-OB16F · 5069-OB16K · 5069-OBV8S · 5069-OBV8SK This feature is directly related to Short Circuit Protection feature. The increased temperature at the output results from an excessive load at the output. That is, a load with high current is applied to the output. The high current heats the output beyond an acceptable temperature and the output turns off. Thermal Shutoff with Standard Output Modules Table 41 describes what happens when a thermal shutoff condition is detected on Compact 5000 I/O standard output modules. Table 41 - Thermal Shutoff - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Output Behavior · Faults · Turns off Tag Value I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1 Diagnostic Value -- I/O Status Indicator State Flashing red Table 42 describes what happens when the thermal shutoff condition is corrected on Compact 5000 I/O standard output modules. Table 42 - Thermal Shutoff - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Output Behavior Restarts in its commanded state. Tag Value Diagnostic Value I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 0 -- I/O Status Indicator State Turns off if there is no longer a load that is connected to the output. For more information on how to use the modules, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 111 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Thermal Shutoff with a Safety Output Module Table 43 describes what happens when a thermal shutoff condition is detected on a Compact 5000 I/O safety output module. Table 43 - Thermal Shutoff - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Output Behavior · Faults · Turns off Tag Value Diagnostic Value I/O Status Indicator State One of the following: One of the following: · If the output point is · If the output point is shorted to 24V DC when the shorted to 24V DC when the thermal shutoff condition thermal shutoff condition occurred, the occurred, there is no I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 1. change in the diagnostics. · If the output point is Steady red · If the output point is shorted to ground when the shorted to ground when the thermal shutoff condition thermal shutoff condition occurred, the occurred, there is no ShortCircuitGround change to the tags. diagnostic = 1. Table 44 describes what happens when the thermal shutoff condition is corrected on a Compact 5000 I/O safety output module. Table 44 - Thermal Shutoff - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Output Behavior Tag Value Remains in the off state I.Ptxx.ShortCircuit tag = 0 Diagnostic Value I/O Status Indicator State One of the following: · If the output point was shorted to 24V DC when the thermal shutoff condition occurred, the Overload diagnostic = 0. IMPORTANT: You must cycle power to the module to reset the diagnostic. · If the output point was Turns off if there is no longer a load that is connected to the output. shorted to ground when the thermal shutoff condition occurred, the ShortCircuitGround diagnostic = 0. For more information on how to use the modules, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. 112 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 4 Output Module Features MOD Power Fault and Status Reporting Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 The output modules multicast fault and status data with channel data to the owner and listening controllers. The data is returned via module s that you can monitor in your Logix Designer application. Not all tags that are listed in Table 45 apply to all Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules. For example, the 5069-OB8 module uses the Ptxx.NoLoad tag. The 5069-OW4I module does not. SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S IMPORTANT For the 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16F, and 5069-OB16K output modules only, an output must remain in the on state for a minimum of 250 ms for an overload or short circuit to be detected. However, if a short circuit condition exists long term, it is detected as long as the output is switching at a rate no faster than 1 ms. Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Table 45 lists tags that are used on Compact 5000 I/O standard output modules. IMPORTANT For more information on the valid values for each tag in Table 45, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Table 45 - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules - Fault and Data Status Data Type Fault Status Tag Name ConnectionFaulted(1) Ptxx.Fault Ptxx.NoLoad Ptxx.ShortCircuit Ptxx.FieldPowerOff RunMode DiagnosticActive DiagnosticSequenceCount Ptxx.Data Ptxx.Uncertain Uncertain(1) Triggering Event That Sets The owner-controller loses its connection to the module. The point data quality is bad. A no load condition exists on the point. A short circuit condition exists on the point. A field power lost condition exists on the point. The module is in Run Mode. Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. The count increments each time that a diagnostic condition is detected or removed. The point input status is 0 or 1. The point data can be imperfect. The module is operating outside its designed operating range if data is under manual or override control. (1) This tag provides module-wide data an affects all channels simultaneously. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 113 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Modules Table 46 lists tags that are used on Compact 5000 I/O safety output modules. IMPORTANT For more information on the valid values for each tag in Table 46, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. Table 46 - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Modules - Fault and Data Status Data Type Fault Tag Name ConnectionFaulted(1) Ptxx.Fault Ptxx.ShortCircuit Ptxx.FieldPowerOff RunMode DiagnosticActive Status DiagnosticSequenceCount Ptxx.Readback Ptxx.Data Ptxx.Uncertain (1) This tag provides module-wide data an affects all channels simultaneously. Triggering Event That Sets The owner-controller loses its connection to the module. The point data quality is bad or the channel is set to Not Used. A short circuit condition exists on the point. A field power lost condition exists on the point. The module is in Run Mode. Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. The count increments each time that a diagnostic condition is detected or removed. A 24V DC power source is connected to the output circuit. The data currently at the point. The point data can be imperfect. For more information on fault reporting, see Appendix A, Troubleshoot Your Module on page 199. Output State Change Time Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Table 47 lists the time that it takes for Compact 5000 I/O standard output module outputs to change state after a command. Table 47 - Time for a Module Output to Change State Module Time(1) 5069-OA16 1/2 cycle, typical For example, if the input uses a 50 Hz AC wave, 1 cycle = 1/50 or 20 ms. Because the typical time for the module output to change state is 1/2 cycle, in this example the time is 10 ms. 5069-OB8 100 µs 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16K 100 µs 5069-OB16F 10 µs 5069-OW4I 10 ms 5069-OW16 10 ms 5069-OX4I 15 ms (1) The times that are listed in Table 47 are from the time the module receives the message. 114 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Configurable Channel-level Output State in Program Mode or Fault Mode Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 You can configure individual output channels to specific states when the module is in Program mode or Fault mode. The following output states are available: · Off · On · Hold last state To see how to configure the output states in Program mode or Fault mode, see the following: · 5069-OA16 module - page 172 · 5069-OB8 module - page 173 · 5069-OB16 and 5069-OB16K modules - page 174 · 5069-OB16F module - page 175 · 5069-OW4I module - page 176 · 5069-OW16 module - page 177 · 5069-OX4I module - page 178 SA Power MOD Power Connection Fault Handling Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 You can configure Compact 5000 I/O standard module behavior when a connection fault occurs, that is, the connection between the owner-controller and the output module breaks. You must define the following: · Immediate output behavior when the connection breaks. · Length of time that the output behaves as defined. · Output behavior if the connection remains broken when the length of time that is defined previously expires. B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Output Behavior Immediately After a Connection Fault When the connection between an owner-controller and output module breaks, the output can behave in the following ways, depending on how the Fault Mode parameter is configured: · Turn off - Default · Transition to a specific, user-defined value. · Hold its last state. If you configure the output to hold its last state, the output remains at that state value until the following occurs: - The connection to the owner-controller is re-established. - The output returns to normal operation, as defined in the module configuration. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 115 Chapter 4 Output Module Features The output state remains as commanded if Fault State Duration is set to Forever. If the Fault State Duration is set to a value other than Forever, the output state changes to a user-configurable Final Fault State after the specified time period elapses. For more information, see Final Fault State Value on page 116. Fault State Duration After Connection Fault If you configure the output to transition to a specific value after the connection breaks, you must define how long the output remains at the specified value before it transitions to a Final Fault State. You can configure the output to remain at the specific value for the following times: · Forever · 1 second · 2 seconds · 5 seconds · 10 seconds After the Fault State Duration time expires, the output transitions to userdefined Final Fault State Value. Final Fault State Value The Final Fault State value defines the value to which the output goes after the Fault State Duration time expires. You set the value in the C.Ptxx.FaultFinalState tag. For more information on module s, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. Output State Once Connection Is Re-established Once the connection between the owner-controller and output module is reestablished, the output resumes normal operation. To see where to configure the Connection Fault Handling parameters, see the following: · 5069-OA16 module - page 172 · 5069-OB8 module - page 173 · 5069-OB16 and 5069-OB16K modules - page 174 · 5069-OB16F module - page 175 · 5069-OW4I module - page 176 · 5069-OW16 module - page 177 · 5069-OX4I module - page 178 116 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Forcing Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Use a force to override data that your logic either uses or produces. · Test and debug your logic. · Temporarily maintain normal system operations when an input device has failed. Use forces only as a temporary measure. They are not intended to be a permanent part of your application. Make sure that you understand this before you use forces. ATTENTION: Forcing can cause unexpected machine motion that could injure personnel. Before you use a force, determine how the force affects your machine or process and keep personnel away from the machine area. · Enabling I/O or SFC forces causes your machine or process to go to another state or phase. · Removing forces can still leave forces in the enabled state. If forces are enabled and you install a force, the new force immediately takes effect. Enable Forces For a force to take effect, you enable forces. You can only enable and disable forces at the controller level. · You can enable I/O forces and SFC forces separately or simultaneously. · You cannot enable or disable forces for a specific module, tag collection, or tag element. Disable or Remove a Force To stop the effect of a force and let your project execute as programmed, disable or remove the force. · You can disable or remove I/O and SFC forces simultaneously or separately. · When you remove a force on an alias tag, you also remove the force on the base tag. ATTENTION: Changes to forces can cause unexpected machine motion that could injure personnel. Before you disable or remove forces, determine how the change affects your machine or process and keep personnel away from the machine area. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 117 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Check Force Status Before you use a force, determine the status of forces for the controller. The Online toolbar shows the status of forces. It shows the status of I/O forces and SFC forces separately. To Determine the Status of This I/O forces SFC forces Use Any of The following · Online toolbar · GSV instruction Online toolbar Forces tab Forces Tab Status Enabled Disabled Installed None Installed Means · If the project contains any forces of this type, they are overriding your logic. · If you add a force of this type, the new force immediately takes effect Forces of this type are inactive. If the project contains any forces of this type, they are not overriding your logic. At least one force of this type exists in the project. No forces of this type exist in the project. 118 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 4 Output Module Features GSV Instruction This example shows how to use a GSV instruction to get the status of forces. For the purposes of this example, Force_Status is a DINT tag. To Determine This Forces are installed. No forces are installed. Forces are enabled. Forces are disabled. Examine This bit 0 0 1 1 For This Value 1 0 1 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 119 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Time-scheduled Output Control Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 You can schedule times for module outputs to turn On or Off. The time schedules use units in nanoseconds. IMPORTANT This feature is available only on the 5069-OB16F module. The timing of scheduled outputs for the 5069-OB16F module is as follows: - ±10 s accuracy - 1 ns resolution The module must be time synced or schedules are not applied. Time-scheduled output control is used with the Motion Arm Output Cam (MAOC) instruction. The MAOC instruction enables position-based output control in the following ways: · Uses the position of any motion axis in a Logix 5000TM control system as the position reference · Updates the outputs based on the motion axis position at the motion group coarse update rate, typically 1...32 ms. The instruction can update standard output modules at the coarse update rate. However, some high-speed applications require a higher degree of accuracy. The 5069-OB16F scheduled output module improves the accuracy of the MAOC instruction by supporting the ability to schedule output On and Off times. All scheduling configuration for the On and Off times of an output is completed through the MAOC instruction. The instruction then updates values in the output s of the module that define the scheduled output behavior. Table 48 - 5069-OB16F Output Module Schedule Parameters Feature Number of schedules Output points available for scheduling Remote operation Minimum schedule interval(1) 5069-OB16F 32 16 (points 0...15) -- 100 µs For schedules output the MAOC instruction, you can use 50 µs. (1) The MAOC limits the minimum schedule interval (minimum pulse width) to 1/16 of the coarse update period. 120 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 4 Output Module Features Use an MAOC Instruction with a 5069-OB16F Output Module To use an MAOC instruction with schedule outputs on a 5069-OB16F output module, complete the following steps. The module can be a local I/O module or remote I/O module. IMPORTANT Before you complete the steps, make sure that Time Synchronization is enabled in the controller and, if applicable, the EtherNet/IP adapter, to use scheduled outputs. 1. If necessary, add a 5069-OB16F output module to your Logix Designer application project. For more information on how to add a 5069-OB16F output module to a Logix Designer application and configure the module, see Chapter 6, Configure a Standard Module on page 141. 2. From the Module Properties dialog box, click Change to access the Module Definition parameters. 3. On the Module Definition dialog box, choose Scheduled Data for the Output Data and click OK. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 121 Chapter 4 Output Module Features 4. To close the Module Properties dialog box, click OK. 5. Add an MAOC instruction to your logic. 6. In the MAOC instruction, use the module output tag in the Output operand, for example Local:1:O for a local output module. The tag value displays as ??. This value is correct. For more information on how to use an MAOC instruction in general, see the following: · Logix5000 Controllers Motion Instructions Reference Manual, publication MOTION-RM002 · Position-based Output Control with the MAOC Instruction Application Technique, publication 1756-AT017 Isolated and Non-isolated Varieties of Output Modules Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 The 5069-OW4I and 5069-OX4I standard output modules provide point-topoint wiring isolation. IMPORTANT Although some Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules do not provide wiring isolation, all Compact 5000 I/O digital output modules maintain internal electrical isolation between the system-side and field-side power buses. MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 122 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Safety Module Features 5 Chapter Topic Page Safety Input Module Features 123 Safety Output Module Features 136 Fault and Status Reporting 140 This chapter describes features that are specific to Compact 5000TM I/O safety modules. Safety Input Module Features This section describes features that are available on the Compact 5000 I/O safety input module, that is, the 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules. The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules are 8-point safety sinking input modules that use eight safety inputs and four test outputs. The 5069-IB8SK module offers conformal coating. Safety Application Suitability Levels Table 49 describes the safety application suitability levels for a 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK module. Table 49 - Safety Application Suitability for 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK Modules Suitability Level Conditions Safety applications that are rated up to, and including, SIL CL3, PLd, Cat. 3 as defined in IEC 61508, IEC 61511, IEC · The module uses single-channel mode. 62061, and ISO 13849-1.(1) · Point Mode is Safety Pulse Test. Safety applications that are rated up · The module uses dual-channel to, and including, SIL CL3, PLe, Cat. 4 as defined in IEC 61508, IEC 61511, IEC mode.(2) 62061, and ISO 13849-1. · Point Mode is Safety Pulse Test. Notes Consider the following: · The channel mode type, that is, single or dual, affects Performance Level and Category. You can use the modules in SIL CL3 applications regardless of channel mode type. The determining factor to whether a Compact 5000 I/O safety module resides in a SIL CL3, PLe, Cat. 4 safety application is that the overall safety architecture be a dualchannel system. · To achieve SIL CL3 single-channel, the sensor that is used must be SIL CL 3 singlechannel as well. · The requirement that Point Mode be Safety Pulse Test assumes that only the safety modules provide diagnostics to a specific Suitability Level. The larger safety system within which the safety modules reside can provide the diagnostics necessary to achieve the stated Suitability Level without the requirement that Point Mode be Safety Pulse Test. (1) Single channel could not be verified to PLe, Cat. 4 without a single channel sensor that is PLe, Cat. 4 rated. (2) You do not configure the module to use dual-channel mode via the Logix Designer application module properties dialog box. You use a safety instruction to use the module in dual-channel mode. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 123 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features The following apply to the safety inputs: · You can connect safety devices, such as Emergency Stop Push Button, gate switches, and safety light curtains. · Evaluate an input signal, that is, input data, in single-channel mode or dual-channel mode. · An external wiring short circuit check is possible when inputs are wired in combination with test outputs. The module must be wired in combination with test outputs when this function is used. · Independently adjustable on and off delays are available per channel. The following apply to the test standard outputs: · Separate test outputs are provided for short circuit detection of a safety input (or inputs). · Can supply 24V DC power to devices, such as safety sensors. · As many as two specific test outputs can be used for broken-wire detection of a muting lamp. Use Test Output with a Safety Input A test output can be used in combination with a safety input for short circuit and cross-channel fault detection. In this case, Point Mode must be Safety Pulse Test. Safety input pairs must be associated with different Test Output sources. The test output can also be configured as a power supply to source 24V DC to an external device, for example, a light curtain. 124 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Figure 11 - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module - Input Connected to Test Output Channel Connections The diagram shows devices that are connected to safety input channels 0 and 3 and test output channel 0 and 1. You are not restricted to using only those channels. You can connect devices to any safety input channel or combination of channels as needed. We recommend that you connect even-numbered input points to even-numbered test output points and oddnumbered input points to odd-numbered test output points. This wiring practice can maximize diagnostic independence and separation. SA Power Connections to an external power supply that provides SA power via the SA Power RTB on one of the following: · Compact GuardLogix® 5380 Controller · 5069-AENTR or 5069-AEN2TR EtherNet/IPTM Adapter · 5069-FPD Field Potential Distributor IMPORTANT: Remember the following: · The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules use DC SA power. You must connect DC power to the component, that is, controller, adapter, or field potential distributor, that provides SA Power to the modules. · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. 5069-IB8S Safety Input 0 Safety Input 1 Safety Input 2 Safety Input 3 Safety Input 4 Safety Input 5 Safety Input 6 Safety Input 7 Test Output 0 Test Output 0 Test Output 1 Test Output 1 Test Output/Muting Output 2 Test Output/Muting Output 2 Test Output/Muting Output 3 Test Output/Muting Output 3 COM COM Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 125 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Figure 12 - 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK Test Pulse in a Cycle On OUT X Off Y On the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module, the test pulse width (X) is less than 700 s; the test pulse period (Y) is less than 100 ms. When the external input contact is closed, a test pulse is output from the test output terminal to diagnose the field wiring and input circuitry. By using this function, short-circuits between inputs and 24V power, and between input signal lines can be detected. Figure 13 - Short Circuit Between Input Signal Lines IN + 24V DC COM TO0 IN 0 24V DC 0V DC External Contact Short circuit between input signal lines and power supply (positive side) TO1 External Contact Short circuit between channels 0 IN 1 and 1. 126 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Normal Operation Safety Network Data Sent to the Controller Fault Detection Safety Network Data Sent to the Controller Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Single-channel Mode If an error is detected on the input channel, Safety Input Data and Safety Input Status turn off. For information on how to use single-channel mode with a 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module affects the safety application suitability level, see Table 49 on page 123. Figure 14 - Normal Operation and Fault Detection (Not to Scale) Test Output 0 24V DC 0V DC ON External Device OFF ON Input Terminal 0 OFF Safety Input 0 Data Safety Input 0 Status Test Output 0 ON OFF ON OFF 24V DC 0V DC ON External Device OFF ON Input Terminal 0 OFF ON Safety Input 0 Data OFF Safety Input 0 ON Status OFF Fault Detected Fault is declared at the end of the Test Output pulse. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 127 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Safety Input Fault Recovery If an error is detected, the safety input data remains in the OFF state. To activate the safety input data again, complete the following steps. 1. Remove the cause of the error. 2. Place the safety input (or safety inputs) into the safe state. 3. Allow the Input Error Latch Time to elapse. After the steps are completed, the I/O indicator (red) turns off. The input data is now active. Safety Input Delay Time You can increase the time that it takes for an input point to transition from On to Off and Off to On on the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module. The increase in time is a delay of the signal from the module to the controller. The delay time is in addition to the RPI, the parameter that defines a rate at which the owner-controller and the module exchange data (2...500 ms). For example, if you set the RPI at 10 ms and use an input delay time of 2 ms, the signal from the module to the controller is 12 ms. An increase in the time it takes to transition from one state to another improves noise immunity within a signal. 128 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Off to On Delay Chapter 5 Safety Module Features An input signal is treated as Logic 0 during the Off to On delay time after the rising edge of the input contact. The input turns on only if the input contact remains on after the Off to On delay time has elapsed. This setting help prevent rapid changes of the input data due to contact bounce. You can delay the Off to On transition by the following times: · 0 ms (default) · 1 ms · 2 ms · 5 ms · 10 ms · 20 ms · 50 ms Figure 15 - Off to On Delay ON Input Signal OFF Safety Input ON Network Data OFF Off to On Delay Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 129 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features On to Off Delay An input signal is treated as Logic 1 during the On to Off delay time after the falling edge of the input contact. The input turns off only if the input contact remains off after the On to Off delay time has elapsed. This setting helps to prevent rapid changes of the input data due to contact bounce. You can delay the On to Off transition by the following times: · 0 ms (default) · 1 ms · 2 ms · 5 ms · 10 ms · 20 ms · 50 ms Figure 16 - On to Off Delay ON Input Signal OFF Safety Input ON Network Data OFF On to Off Delay 130 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Muting Lamp Operation Connected Muting Lamp Disconnected Active Lamp Test Connected Test Time Your controller program controls test outputs 2...3 to illuminate a muting lamp. Muting lamp status is monitored with a test that runs periodically during every test interval to detect a burned-out lamp. The test runs repeatedly when the test output is commanded On or commanded Off and a fault is detected. Figure 17 shows how muting lamp operation, status, and fault detection are monitored. The lamp test interval is 3 seconds. Two consecutive failed lamp tests are required to declare a burned-out lamp condition. The lamp test does not always run immediately after the test output is energized. It starts at the next 3-second interval. To allow time for two consecutive test intervals, program a minimum Test Output On Time of 6 seconds. Figure 17 - Muting Lamp Timing Diagram Disconnected 1 - Burnt-out lamp detected 2 - Good lamp detected 3 - Intermittent lamp testing stopped 4 - Intermittent lamp testing started 1 2 3 4 Inactive Test Interval Good Muting Status Burn-out Bulb Connected/Good Bulb Disconnected/Burnt out On On TO3 Output Off Off Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 131 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Table 50 shows the expected behavior of the muting status for test outputs TO2M and TO3M. Keep the following points in mind as well: · When power is applied to the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module, and T2 or T3 remains commanded off, the muting status defaults to on. This bit operation is designed to help prevent erroneous muting instruction faults from the owner-controller. This bit status is not always the true indication of a burned-out lamp. IMPORTANT Before checking the state of the corresponding muting status, be sure that the test output is commanded on. Once the test output is commanded on, a maximum time of 6 seconds is required for the module to detect a burned-out lamp. · If a muting lamp circuit is open when power is applied to the module, the condition is detected when the test output is commanded on. · When a lamp burns out and is replaced, the fault (muting status bit) returns to the normal condition, independent of the state of the test output. Table 50 - Muting Status Bit Operation Test Output Commanded State ON ON OFF OFF Lamp Condition Muting Status Bit Description Bad (open circuit) 0 Good 1 Bad (open circuit) 0 Good 1 Repair lamp. Normal condition. Lamp is operating properly. If lamp remains OFF after T1/T3 output cycled, repair lamp. Normal condition. 132 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Discrepancy This section describes the following: · Single Channel SIL3 and Discrepancy Fault · Transition Time Limit · Fault Indication Single Channel SIL3 and Discrepancy Fault The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules are certified to a single-channel SIL3 input design. The design creates internal dual-channel signals. The module takes the signal from one input channel terminal and creates two independent input paths inside its circuitry. The internal signals, one on each independent path, are then evaluated for consistency. The Discrepancy feature on a 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules lets the module compare the states of the two internal signals to see if they are different. If the time of the discrepancy between the two internal signals exceeds the configured Transition Time Limit, that is, 2...500 ms, the safety input data and the individual-safety input status turn off for the input channel. The safety input is in the Safe state. However, a discrepancy can exist for a period of time before the safety input data fault is generated. · If the discrepancy is resolved before the time expires, there is no fault. · If the discrepancy remains when the time expires, a fault occurs. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 133 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Transition Time Limit The Transition Time Limit (TTL) is a new configuration in firmware revision 2.011 that defines the time duration that a 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module lets a discrepancy due to the input voltage rise or fall time variance exist and does not report a fault. Modules with firmware revision 1.011, that is the initial revision, have a fixed TTL of 2 ms. After the transition, the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module continues to check the two internal signals for the TTL value; the TTL value is user-configurable from 2...500 ms. You must install Add-On Profile, version 2.01 to see the pull-down menu when you configure the module. When the transition occurs in one of the internal signals before the transition of the second internal signal, a discrepancy occurs. The threshold voltages for the signals are slightly different. · If the second internal signal transitions to the same state before the Transition Time Limit elapses, the internal inputs are considered equivalent. In this case, no error is detected. · If the second internal signal transition does not occur before the Transition Time Limit elapses, the channel faults. In the fault state, the input and status for the input channel is set low (OFF). 134 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Normal Operation Fault Detection Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Figure 18 shows conditions in which a discrepancy occurs. By the end of the TTL, the discrepancy is resolved. A fault does not occur. Safety input and status data continues to be sent to the controller. Figure 18 - Normal Operation (Not to Scale) IN 0 ON Internal Signal 1 from IN 0 OFF ON Internal Signal 2 from IN 0 OFF Transition Time Limit Safety Input 0 Data Sent to Controller Safety Input 0 Status Data Sent to Controller Figure 19 shows conditions in which a discrepancy occurs. By the end of the TTL, the discrepancy is not resolved. A fault occurs. Safety input data and status data are sent to the controller. The input is in the safe state, and the status is fault. Figure 19 - Fault Detection (Not to Scale ) IN 0 ON Internal Signal 1 from IN 0 OFF ON Internal Signal 2 from IN 0 OFF Transition Time Limit Safety Input 0 Data Sent to Controller Safety Input 0 Status Data Sent to Controller Fault Detected Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 135 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Fault Indication When a discrepancy fault occurs, the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module indicates that a fault exists. However, there is no actual discrepancy fault bit provided in the I/O tag structure, it only uses Fault = 1. When the fault occurs, the input tags appear as follows: · I.Ptxx.Data = 0 · I.Ptxx.Fault = 1 Where xx represents the point number. To clear the fault and return the module to normal operations, reset the module. That is, cycle power to the module. Safety Output Module Features This section describes features that are available only on the Compact 5000 I/O safety output modules, that is, the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules. The 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules are safety output module that uses eight safety outputs. You use the outputs in one of the following ways: · Sourcing/sinking outputs in Bipolar Output mode · Sourcing outputs in Sourcing Output mode. The only difference between the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules is that the 5069-OBV8SK module has conformal coating. Safety Application Suitability Levels Table 51 describes the safety application suitability levels for 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules. Table 51 - Safety Application Suitability for 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Modules Suitability Level Conditions Notes Safety applications that are rated up to, and · Output Mode is Sourcing. Consider the following: including, SIL CL3, PLd, Cat. 3 as defined in IEC · The module uses single-channel mode. · The channel mode type, that is, single or 61508, IEC 61511, IEC 62061, and ISO 13849-1. · Point Mode is Safety Pulse Test. dual, affects Category. You can use the modules in SIL CL3, PLe applications regardless of channel mode type. · Output Mode is Bipolar. The determining factor to whether a Or Compact 5000 I/O safety module resides · The module uses single-channel mode. in a SIL CL3, PLe, Cat. 4 safety application · Output Mode is Sourcing. is that the overall safety architecture be a · Point Mode is Safety Pulse Test. dual-channel system. Safety applications that are rated up to, and · The channel is connected to an IEC 60947 certified actuator or · The requirement that Point Mode be including, SIL CL3, PLe, Cat. 4 as defined in IEC contactor. Safety Pulse Test assumes that only the 61508, IEC 61511, IEC 62061, and ISO 13849-1. Additionally, you must use shielded cable or cable trunk to mitigate short safety modules provide diagnostics to a circuit faults on the channel. specific Suitability Level. Or The larger safety system within which the · The module uses dual-channel mode. · Output Mode is Sourcing. · Point Mode is Safety Pulse Test. safety I/O module resides can provide the diagnostics necessary to achieve the stated Suitability Level without the requirement that Point Mode be Safety Pulse Test. 136 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features · Solid-state outputs · Single-channel mode uses one output signal, that is, data from an output channel, to provide control. IMPORTANT Single-channel mode is only certified for functional safety applications with process safety times greater than or equal to 200 ms; or, applications with demand rates less than or equal to 3 demand per minute. · Dual-channel mode uses two output signals, that is, data from two output channels to provide redundant control. · Safety outputs can be pulse-tested to detect field wiring short-circuits to 24V DC. Safety Output with Test Pulse When the safety output is on, the safety output can be configured to pulse test the safety output channel. By using this function, you can continuously test the ability of the safety output to remove power from the output terminals of the module. If an error is detected, the safety output data and individual safety output status turn off. Figure 20 - 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK Test Pulse in a Cycle Sourcing Output On OUT Off X Y Sinking Output X Y Off OUT On Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 137 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features On the 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK module, the pulse width (X) is less than 700 s, and the pulse period (Y) is less than100 ms. To help prevent the test pulse from causing the connected device to malfunction, pay careful attention to the input response time of the output device. An open wire test and main switch pulse test can also generate a pulse on a safety output even in safety mode. Two successive safety output pulses are required to determine if a short circuit fault exists. As a result, the effective pulse period is 200 ms, max. Normal Operation Single-channel Mode When the output channel is in the On state and without any faults, the safety outputs turned on. The status is normal. If a fault is detected on the output channel, the safety output data and individual safety output status turn off. For information on how to use single-channel mode with a 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK module affects the safety application suitability level, see Table 51 on page 136. Figure 21 - 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK Single-channel Mode (Not to Scale) ON Output 0 OFF Safety Network Data Sent to the Controller Fault Detection ON Safety Output 0 Status OFF Output 0 ON OFF Safety Network Data Sent to the Controller Safety Output 0 ON Status OFF Error Detected 138 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Dual-channel Mode IMPORTANT Dual-channel mode is only available if the module is connected so that Output Mode is Sourcing. When dual-channel mode is used, output channels function as connection pairs. Connection pairs are as follows: · Channels 0 and 1 · Channels 2 and 3 · Channels 4 and 5 · Channels 6 and 7 When both output channels in a connection pair are in the On state and without any faults, the safety outputs are turned on. For information on how to use dual-channel mode with a 5069-OBV8S or 5069OBV8SK module affects the safety application suitability level, see Table 51 on page 136. Figure 22 - 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK Dual-channel Mode (Not to Scale) Normal Operation Safety Network Data Sent to the Controller ON Output 0 OFF ON Output 1 OFF Safety Outputs 0 ON and 1 Status OFF Fault Detection Safety Network Data Sent to the Controller ON Output 0 OFF ON Output 1 OFF Safety Outputs 0 ON and 1 Status OFF Error Detected Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 139 Chapter 5 Safety Module Features Safety Output Fault Recovery If a fault is detected, the safety outputs are switched off and remain in the off state. Follow this procedure to activate the safety output data again. 1. Remove the cause of the error. 2. Command the safety output (or safety outputs) into the safe state. The safety output (or outputs) can be commanded low in any of the following ways: · The controller sets the Ptxx.Data tag to 0. · The module is reset. · Power is cycled to the module. · The controller transitions to Program mode. · A controller or Safety task fault occurs. · A communications fault occurs on the module. · The connection to the module is inhibited. 3. Let the Output Error Latch Time elapse. After the steps are completed, the I/O indicator (red) turns off. The output data can now be controlled. If module outputs experience persistent high faults, consider cycling power to the module to clear the error. IMPORTANT The module can require up to 1 second in addition to the Output Error Latch Time to complete the recovery. Fault and Status Reporting The Compact 5000 I/O safety modules multicast fault and status data with channel data to the owner and listening controllers. The data is returned via module tags that you can monitor in your Logix Designer application. For more information on how to use module tags to monitor fault and status reporting, see the following: · 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module - Table 18 on page 84 · 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK module - Table 46 on page 114 · Appendix A, Troubleshoot Your Module on page 199. 140 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Configure a Standard Module 6 Chapter Topic Page Before You Begin 142 Create a New Module 142 Reserve an I/O Module Slot 150 Edit the Module Configuration Common Categories 152 Edit 5069-IA16 Module Configuration Categories 157 Edit 5069-IB16 Module Configuration Categories 158 Edit 5069-IB16F Module Configuration Categories 160 Edit 5069-IB6F-3W Module Configuration Categories 166 Edit 5069-OA16 Module Configuration Categories 172 Edit 5069-OB8 Module Configuration Categories 173 Edit 5069-OB16 Module Configuration Categories 174 Edit 5069-OB16F Module Configuration Categories 175 Edit 5069-OW4I Module Configuration Categories 176 Edit 5069-OW16 Module Configuration Categories 177 Edit 5069-OX4I Module Configuration Categories 178 View the Module Tags 179 This chapter describes how to configure your Compact 5000TM I/O standard modules in a Logix Designer application project. You can use the default module configuration or edit the module configuration. This chapter does not explain the user-configurable module features that you can edit on different screens in your Logix Designer application project. For detailed information about module features, see the following: · Chapter 2, Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules on page 65 · Chapter 3, Input Module Features on page 77 · Chapter 4, Output Module Features on page 99 · Chapter 5, Safety Module Features on page 123 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 141 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Before You Begin You must complete the following tasks before you can configure the module: 1. Create a Logix Designer application project. 2. If you use the standard modules as remote modules, add a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IPTM adapter to the project. For more information on how to add a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter to a Logix Designer application project, see the Compact 5000 EtherNet/IP Adapters User Manual, publication 5069-UM007. Once the project is created and, if necessary, the adapter is added, you can create a module in the Logix Designer application project. Create a New Module There are two methods to add modules to your Logix Designer application project. · Discover I/O modules · New I/O modules Discover Local I/O Modules To use the Discover Modules method with local I/O modules, complete the following steps. 1. Go online with your Logix Designer application. 2. Right-click the 5069 Backplane and choose Discover Modules. The Logix Designer application automatically detects available modules that are connected to the backplane. 142 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module 3. At the Select Module Type window, click Create to add the discovered module to your project. 4. At the New Module window, configure the module properties and click OK. 5. At the warning dialog box, click Yes. If you inhibit the module connection, you must remember to uninhibit the connection later. 6. Close the Select Module Type dialog box. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 143 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module To add additional local I/O modules with this method, complete one of the following: · If you cleared the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 3...6. · If you did not clear the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 2...6. New Local I/O Modules To use the New Module method with local I/O modules, complete the following steps. This example shows how to add a local I/O module when the Logix Designer application project is offline. You can add new modules when the project is online, if desired. In this case, the steps are similar to the steps described in Discover Local I/O Modules on page 142. One exception is that, in step 1, you choose New Module instead of Discover Modules. 1. Right-click the 5069 Backplane and choose New Module. 144 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module 2. At the Select Module Type window, click Create to add the discovered module to your project. 3. At the New Module window, configure the module properties and click OK. To add additional local I/O modules with this method, complete one of the following: · If you cleared the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 2...3. · If you did not clear the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 1...3. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 145 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Discover Remote I/O Modules To use the Discover Modules method with remote I/O modules, complete the following steps. 1. Go online with your Logix Designer application. The project must include a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter. 2. Right-click the Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter and choose Discover Modules. The Logix Designer application automatically detects available modules that are connected to the backplane. 3. At the Select Module Type window, click Create to add the discovered module to your project. 146 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module 4. At the New Module window, configure the module properties and click OK. 5. At the warning dialog box, click Yes. If you inhibit the module connection, you must remember to uninhibit the connection later. 6. Close the Select Module Type dialog box. To add additional remote I/O modules with this method, complete one of the following: · If you cleared the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 3...6. · If you did not clear the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 2...6. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 147 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module New Remote I/O Module To use the New Module method with remote I/O modules, complete the following steps. This example shows how to add a remote I/O module when the Logix Designer application project is offline. You can add new modules when the project is online, if desired. In this case, the steps are similar to the steps described in Discover Remote I/O Modules on page 146. One exception is that, in step 1, you choose New Module instead of Discover Modules. 1. Right-click the Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter and choose New Module. 2. Select the module and click Create. 148 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module The New Module dialog box appears with a list of categories on the left side. The number and type of categories varies by module type. 3. You can click OK to use the default configuration as shown or edit the module configuration. The rest of this chapter describes how to edit module configuration categories. To add additional remote I/O modules with this method, complete one of the following: · If you cleared the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 2...3. · If you did not clear the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 1...3. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 149 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Reserve an I/O Module Slot As described in page 27, the 5069-ARM address reserve module reserves a module slot in the physical system and in the Logix Designer application project that is configured for the system. Add the 5069-ARM Module to the Project You add a 5069-ARM module to the I/O Configuration section of a Logix Designer application project. You can use the New I/O or Discover I/O modules option to add the module. This example uses the New I/O module option. 1. Right-click the 5069 Backplane and choose New Module. 2. At the Select Module Type window, click Create to add the discovered module to your project. 150 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module 3. At the New Module window, configure the module properties and click OK. Because the 5069-ARM module is only used to reserve an I/O slot, there are considerably fewer fields to configure than other Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. Delete the 5069-ARM Module from the Project When you remove the 5069-ARM module from the system and install the Compact 5000 I/O digital module that is intended for that node address, you must also change the Logix Designer application project. You must delete the 5069-ARM module from the project as follows. 1. Right-click the module name and choose Delete. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 151 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module 2. To confirm the module deletion, click Yes on the dialog box that appears. Edit the Module Configuration Common Categories 3. To add the Compact 5000 I/O digital module that uses the node address that the 5069-ARM module reserved, follow the steps that are described previously in this section. You click the category names in the New Module dialog box to view and change the configuration parameters. Before you edit the module configuration, consider the following: · This chapter shows how to edit configuration when you add the module to the Logix Designer application project. If you access the module configuration after it is added to the project, the dialog box is named Module Properties. The same categories are displayed as the categories displayed on the New Module dialog box. · Some new module configuration categories apply to all Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. Some categories are specific to the module type. For example purposes, the figures in this section are from a 5069-IB16 module. The following categories apply to all Compact 5000 I/O standard modules and are described in this section. · General Category · Connection Category · Module Info Category 152 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module General Category The General category appears first when you create a module. The parameters in this category are the same for all Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. You use this category to complete the following optional tasks: · Name the module. · Assign a slot number. (required) · Describe the module. · Access the Module Definition. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 153 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Module Definition To change Module Definition parameters from the default values, click the Change ellipsis on the General tab of the Module Properties dialog box. Table 52 describes the parameters on the Module Definition dialog box. IMPORTANT The graphic is an example of a Module Definition dialog box. The available fields can vary between Compact 5000 I/O digital modules types. For example, the 5069-IA16 input module does not support counters so the Counters parameter is not available on the Module Definition dialog box for that module. Table 52 - Module Definition Parameters Table 52 describes the parameters that are available on the Module Definition dialog box. Parameter Series Revision Electronic Keying Connection Definition Module hardware series Module firmware revision, including major and minor revision levels Software method by which you reduce the possibility of using the wrong device in a control system. For more information, see the following: · Electronic Keying on page 72 · Electronic Keying in Logix5000 Control Systems Application Technique, publication LOGIX-AT001 Determines the following for the module type you configure: · Available configuration parameters · Data type transferred between the module and the controller · Which tags are generated when configuration is complete Input Data - Input modules only All available configurations, input data. This connection type creates all controller tags specific to the module type being used. Counters - Input modules only Determines the number of counters that are used for the module type. Output Data - Output modules only All available configurations, output data. This connection type creates all controller tags specific to the module type being used. Available Choices(1) Module-specific Module-specific · Exact Match · Compatible Module · Disable Keying · Data · Data with Events · Listen Only Data(2) · Data · Timestamped Data · Packed Data · None ·2 ·4 ·8 · Data · Scheduled Data · Packed Data (1) The choices that are available vary by module type and catalog number. (2) Controller and module establish communication without the controller sending any configuration or output data to the module. A full input data connection is established but depends on the connection between the owner-controller and the module. 154 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Connection Category The Connection category lets you complete the following tasks: · Set the RPI rate. For more information on the RPI, see Requested Packet Interval on page 40. · Set the Connection over the EtherNet/IP network type of connection. · Inhibit the module. For more information on how to inhibit the module, see page 71. · Configure whether a connection failure while the controller is in Run module causes a major or minor fault. The Module Fault area of the Connection category is useful during module troubleshooting. For more information on the Module Fault area, see page 213. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 155 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Module Info Category The Module Info category displays module and status information about the module when the project is online. You can use this category to complete the following: · Determine the identity of the module. · Access module diagnostics. · Refresh the data on the screen. · Reset the module. 156 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Edit 5069-IA16 Module Configuration Categories Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the Points category is available when you configure a 5069-IA16 module: IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points category does not appear. Points Category The Points category shows the available input filter time values for the module points. For more information on input filters, see page 79. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 157 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Edit 5069-IB16 Module Configuration Categories To configure a 5069-IB16K module, you use the 5069-IB16 module profile in your Logix Designer application project. In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the following categories are available when you configure a 5069-IB16 module: · Counters Category · Points Category IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category and Counters Category do not appear. Counters Category The Counters category is only available if you choose a value for Counters in the Module Definition dialog box. The Counters category shows the configuration options available for each counter. You can also configure the counter Preset value and enable Rollover at Preset. IMPORTANT The total number of Counters subtracts from the available number of Points. For example, if you configure a 5069-IB16 module to use four counters, the first four terminals are not available to use as points. The number of points available on the module in this case is 12. That is, points 4...15. The maximum number of counters that can be configured is eight channels. That is, counters 0...7. 158 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Points Category The Points category shows the available input filter time values for the module points. For more information on input filters, see page 79. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 159 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Edit 5069-IB16F Module Configuration Categories In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the following categories are available when you configure a 5069-IB16F module: · Counters Category · Points Category · Events Category · Time Sync Category IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category, Counters Category, Events Category, and Time Sync Category do not appear. Counters Category The Counters category is available only if you choose a value for Counters in the Module Definition dialog box. The Counters category shows the configuration options available for each counter. Based on your Input Filter Time selections, the Input Filter Time Off>On and On>Off times change. You can also configure the counter Preset value and enable Rollover at Preset. IMPORTANT The total number of Counters subtracts from the available number of Points. For example, if you configure a 5069-IB16F module to use four counters, the first four terminals are not available to use as points. The number of points available on the module in this case is 12. That is, points 4...15. The maximum number of counters that can be configured is eight channels. That is, counters 0...7. 160 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Points Category The Points category shows the available input filter time values for the module points. Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module If you choose Timestamped Data for Input Data in the Module Definition dialog box, the Points category expands. For more information on input filters, see page 79. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 161 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module PTxx Category The PTxx category shows the configuration options available when you use Timestamping on a point. IMPORTANT You must choose the Input Data option Timestamp Data on the Module Definition dialog box to see this category in the Module Properties dialog box. Click each Ptxx to configure it as necessary for your application. For more information on the fields on this screen, see the following: · Input filters - page 79 · Timestamping - page 86 162 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Events Category The Events category is available only if you choose Data with Events for Connection in the Module Definition dialog box. Click the + sign next to the Events category to expand it. IMPORTANT You cannot configure events on the Module Properties dialog box. The parameters that are displayed are read-only. You must use the Event Output tags to configure an event. For more information, see Configure an Event in the Event Output Tags on page 164. The Events subcategories show the configuration parameters for events. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 163 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Configure an Event in the Event Output Tags To configure an event, you must change the Event Output tags for the affected module via the Tag Monitor in the Logix Designer application. When you change the tags, the change is reflected on the Module Properties dialog box. The following graphics show how tag values are reflected on the Module Properties. The following conditions are shown: · Event is enabled · Point 4 is configured to trigger the event · Event is latched · Trigger Event is on input transition to match pattern These changes in the Event Output tags configure the event. After the tags are changed, the related parameters on the Module Properties are updated automatically. For more information on module tags, see the following: · View the Module Tags on page 179 · Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217 For more information on the Events feature, see page 88. 164 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Time Sync Category The Time Sync category displays and status information about the module when the project is online. The Time Sync category displays the following information: · CIP SyncTM Time Synchronization · UTC System Time · Grandmaster Clock information · Local Clock information Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 165 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Edit 5069-IB6F-3W Module Configuration Categories In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the following categories are available when you configure a 5069-IB6F-3W module: · Points Category · Counters Category · Events Category · Time Sync Category IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category, Counters Category, Events Category, and Time Sync Category do not appear. Counters Category The Counters category is available only if you choose a value for Counters in the Module Definition dialog box. The Counters category for the 5069-IB6F-3W module functions the same as it does for the other Compact 5000 I/O standard input modules. The only difference is that the 5069-IB6F-3W module offers no more than four counters. The Counters category shows the configuration options available for each counter. You can also configure the counter Preset value and enable Rollover at Preset. IMPORTANT The total number of Counters subtracts from the available number of Points. For example, if you configure a 5069-IB6F-3W module to use two counters, the number of points available on the module is four. That is, points 2...5. The maximum number of counters that can be configured is four channels. That is, counter 0...3. 166 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Points Category The Points category shows the available input filter time values for the module points. If you choose Timestamped Data for Input Data in the Module Definition dialog box, the Points category expands. For more information on input filters, see page 79. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 167 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module PTxx Category The PTxx category shows the configuration options available when you use Timestamping on a point. IMPORTANT You must choose the Input Data option Timestamp Data on the Module Definition dialog box to see this category in the Module Properties dialog box. Click each Ptxx to configure it as necessary for your application. For more information on the fields on this screen, see the following: · Input filters - page 79. · Timestamping - page 86 · Chatter Detection - page 87 168 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Events Category The Events category is available only if you choose Data with Events for Connection in the Module Definition dialog box. Click the + sign next to the Events category to expand it. IMPORTANT You cannot configure events on the Module Properties dialog box. The parameters that are displayed are read-only. You must use the Event Output tags to configure an event. For more information, see Configure an Event in the Event Output Tags on page 170. The Events subcategories show the configuration parameters for events. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 169 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Configure an Event in the Event Output Tags To configure an event, you must change the Event Output tags for the affected module via the Tag Monitor in the Logix Designer application. When you change the tags, the change is reflected on the Module Properties dialog box. The following graphics show how tag values are reflected on the Module Properties. The following conditions are shown: · Event is enabled · Point 4 is configured to trigger the event · Event is latched · Trigger Event is On input transition to match pattern These changes in the Event Output tags configure the event. After the tags are changed, the related parameters on the Module Properties are updated automatically. For more information on module tags, see the following: · View the Module Tags on page 179 · Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. For more information on the Events feature, see page 88. 170 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Time Sync Category The Time Sync category displays and status information about the module when the project is online. The Time Sync category displays the following information: · CIP Sync Time Synchronization · UTC System Time · Grandmaster Clock information · Local Clock information Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 171 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Edit 5069-OA16 Module Configuration Categories In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the Points category is available when you configure a 5069-OA16 module. IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category does not appear. Points Category The Points category shows the configuration options available for each point. You can configure the following parameters from the Points category: · Output State During Program Mode · Output State During Fault Mode · Fault Mode Output State Duration · Fault Mode Output State Final State · Output State When Communications Fail in Program Mode 172 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Edit 5069-OB8 Module Configuration Categories Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the Points category is available when you configure a 5069-OB8 module. IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category does not appear. Points Category The Points category shows the configuration options available for each point. You can configure the following parameters from the Points category: · Output State During Program Mode · Output State During Fault Mode · Fault Mode Output State Duration · Fault Mode Output State Final State · Output State When Communications Fail in Program Mode · Enable No Load Diagnostics Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 173 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Edit 5069-OB16 Module Configuration Categories To configure a 5069-OB16K module, you use the 5069-OB16 module profile in your Logix Designer application project. In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the Points category is available when you configure a 5069-OB16 module. IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category does not appear. Points Category The Points category shows the configuration options available for each point. You can configure the following parameters from the Points category: · Output State During Program Mode · Output State During Fault Mode · Fault Mode Output State Duration · Fault Mode Output State Final State · Output State When Communications Fail in Program Mode · Enable No Load Diagnostics 174 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Edit 5069-OB16F Module Configuration Categories Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the Points category is available when you configure a 5069-OB16F module. IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category does not appear. Points Category The Points category shows the configuration options available for each point. You can configure the following parameters from the Points category: · Output State During Program Mode · Output State During Fault Mode · Fault Mode Output State Duration · Fault Mode Output State Final State · Output State When Communications Fail in Program Mode · Enable No Load Diagnostics Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 175 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Edit 5069-OW4I Module Configuration Categories In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the Points category is available when you configure a 5069-OW4I module. IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category does not appear. Points Category The Points category shows the configuration options available for each point. You can configure the following parameters from the Points category: · Output State During Program Mode · Output State During Fault Mode · Fault Mode Output State Duration · Fault Mode Output State Final State · Output State When Communications Fail in Program Mode 176 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Edit 5069-OW16 Module Configuration Categories Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the Points category is available when you configure a 5069-OW16 module. IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category does not appear. Points Category The Points category shows the configuration options available for each point. You can configure the following parameters from the Points category: · Output State During Program Mode · Output State During Fault Mode · Fault Mode Output State Duration · Fault Mode Output State Final State · Output State When Communications Fail in Program Mode Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 177 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Edit 5069-OX4I Module Configuration Categories In addition to the General, Connection, and Module Info categories, the Points category is available when you configure a 5069-OX4I module. IMPORTANT If you use the Listen Only connection type, the Points Category does not appear. Points Category The Points category shows the configuration options available for each point. You can configure the following parameters from the Points category: · Output State During Program Mode · Output State During Fault Mode · Fault Mode Output State Duration · Fault Mode Output State Final State · Communication Failure Output State 178 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 View the Module Tags Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module When you create a module, the Logix Designer application creates a set of tags that you can view in the Tag Editor. Each configured feature on your module has a distinct tag that is available for use in the controller program logic. Complete the following steps to access the tags for a module. 1. In the Controller Organizer, right-click Controller Tags and choose Monitor Tags. The Controller Tags dialog box appears with data. 2. To view the tags, click the + symbols as shown. For more information on module tags, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 179 Chapter 6 Configure a Standard Module Notes: 180 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 7 Chapter Configure and Replace Safety Modules Before You Begin Topic Page Before You Begin 181 Create a New Module 182 Edit the Module Configuration Common Categories 185 Edit the 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK Module Configuration Categories 191 Edit the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Points Category 192 View the Module Tags 193 Replace a Safety Module 194 This chapter describes how to configure your Compact 5000TM I/O safety modules in a Logix Designer application project. IMPORTANT You must use the Logix Designer application, version 32 or greater with the modules. By default, all safety input and output channels on Compact 5000 I/O safety modules are disabled. You must configure each point that is used in a Safety application. This chapter does not explain the user-configurable parameters, or corresponding module features, in your Logix Designer application project. For detailed information about module features, see the following: · Chapter 2, Features Common to Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules on page 65 · Chapter 3, Input Module Features on page 77 · Chapter 4, Output Module Features on page 99 · Chapter 5, Safety Module Features on page 123 You must complete the following tasks before you can configure the module: 1. Create a Logix Designer application project. 2. If you use the safety modules as remote I/O modules, add a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IPTM adapter to the project. For more information on how to add a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter to a Logix Designer application project, see the Compact 5000 EtherNet/IP Adapters User Manual, publication 5069-UM007. Once the project is created and, if necessary, the adapter is added, you can create a module in the Logix Designer application project. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 181 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Create a New Module Unlike Compact 5000 I/O standard modules, you cannot add a Compact 5000 I/O safety module to a Logix Designer application project while the project is online. The project must be offline to add Compact 5000 I/O safety modules to it. You can create a new local or remote Compact 5000 I/O safety module. Local I/ O modules are installed in the same system as the Compact GuardLogix® 5380 controllers. Remote I/O modules are installed in a system that includes a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter that connects to an EtherNet/IP network. New Local Safety Module To create a new local Compact 5000 I/O safety module, complete the following steps. 1. Right-click the 5069 Backplane and choose New Module. 2. At the Select Module Type window, click Create to add the discovered module to your project. 182 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules 3. At the New Module window, configure the module properties and click OK. To add additional local I/O modules with this method, complete one of the following: · If you cleared the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 2...3. · If you did not clear the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 1...3. New Remote I/O Module To create a new remote Compact 5000 I/O safety module, complete the following steps. 1. Add a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter to the project. 2. Right-click the Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter and choose New Module. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 183 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules 3. Select the module and click Create. The New Module dialog box appears with a list of categories on the left side. The number and type of categories varies by module type. 4. You can click OK to use the default configuration as shown or edit the module configuration. The rest of this chapter describes how to edit module configuration categories. To add additional remote I/O modules with this method, complete one of the following: · If you cleared the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 3...4. · If you did not clear the Close on Create checkbox when you created the first I/O module, repeat steps 2...4. 184 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Edit the Module Configuration Common Categories Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules You click the category names in the New Module dialog box to view and change the configuration parameters. Before you edit the module configuration, consider the following: · This chapter shows how to edit configuration when you add the module to the Logix Designer application project. If you access the module configuration after it is added to the project, the dialog box is named Module Properties. The same categories are displayed as the categories displayed on the New Module dialog box. · Some new module configuration categories apply to all Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. Some categories are specific to the module type. IMPORTANT By default, all safety input and output channels on Compact 5000 I/O safety modules are disabled. You must configure each point that is used in a Safety application. The following categories apply to all Compact 5000 I/O safety modules and are described in this section. · General Category · Connection Category · Safety Category · Module Info Category General Category The General category appears first when you create a module. The parameters in this category are the same for all Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. You use this category to complete the following tasks: · Name the module. · Assign a node number. · Describe the module. · Access the Module Definition. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 185 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Safety Network Number The Logix Designer application automatically assigns an SNN to Compact 5000 I/O safety modules as they are added to the project. The SNN is a time-based number that uniquely identifies subnets across all networks in the safety system. All Compact 5000 I/O safety modules in a same system use the same SNN by default. · Local Compact 5000 I/O safety modules are automatically assigned the same SNN as the 5069 Backplane SSN in the controller configuration. · Remote Compact 5000 I/O safety modules are automatically assigned the same SNN. The Logix Designer application assigns an SNN to the first safety module that is added to a remote system. The application assigns the same SNN to additional safety modules that are added to this remote I/O system. For more information on Safety Network Numbers, see the GuardLogix 5580 and Compact GuardLogix 5380 Controller Systems Safety Reference Manual, publication 1756-RM012. Module Definition Module Definition parameters are available on the General tab of the Module Properties dialog box in the Logix Designer application project. 186 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Table 53 describes the parameters on the Module Definition dialog box. 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK Modules 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK Modules Table 53 - Module Definition Parameters Table 53 describes the parameters that are available on the Module Definition dialog box. Parameter Definition Available Choices Series Module hardware series Module-specific Revision Module firmware revision, including major and minor revision levels Module-specific Electronic Keying Software method by which you reduce the possibility of using the wrong device in a control system. For more information, see the following: · Electronic Keying on page 72 · Electronic Keying in Logix5000 Control Systems Application Technique, publication LOGIX-AT001 · Exact Match · Compatible Module · Disable Keying We strongly recommend that you use Exact Match or Compatible Module in Safety applications. Configured By Determines the following for the module type you configure: · Which controller tags are generated when configuration is complete · Whether you can choose an Output Data type - Output module only · Whether you can choose an Output Mode - Output module only · Whether muting lamp points can be used - Input module only · This Controller · External Means(1) Input Data Determines what type of input data is exchanged between the module and the controller. Creates all controller tags specific to the module type being used. IMPORTANT: The 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK output modules exchange input data with the controller. · Safety data · Safety packed data Muting Lamp Points - 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module only Determines which input channels, if any, are connected to muting lamps. · None · Point 02 · Point 03 · Point 02 and 03 Output Data - 5069-OBV8S or Determines what type of output data is exchanged between the module and the controller. 5069-OBV8SK module only The available choices are dictated by the Configured By parameter choice. · None - If Configured By is External Means. · Safety data and Safety packed data - If Configured By is This Controller. Output Mode - 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK module only Determines how the outputs are used. That is, one of the following: · Sourcing outputs. In this case, you connect the external device to only the sourcing point on an output channel. · As connection pairs. In this case, you connect the external device to both the sourcing and sinking points on an output channel. · Sourcing · Bipolar (1) Controller and module establish communication without the controller sending any configuration or output data to the module. A full input data connection is established but depends on the connection between the owner-controller and the module. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 187 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Connection Category The Connection category lets you inhibit the module. Before you inhibit the module, make sure that you are aware of the impact it has on your application. For more information on inhibiting the module, see page 71. IMPORTANT You cannot set the RPI for Compact 5000 I/O safety modules on the Connections category. For Compact 5000 I/O safety modules, you set the RPI on the Safety category. Connection Over the EtherNet/IP Network Remote Compact 5000 I/O safety modules support the Connection over EtherNet/IP parameter. · With safety input data, you can choose Unicast or Multicast. · With safety output data, you must use Unicast. For more information, see page 48. 188 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Safety Category The Safety category lets you set the RPI rate. You must click the Advanced button to change the Connection Reaction Time Limit configuration. IMPORTANT Remember, the Safety Task period determines the 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK module RPI. For more information on the RPI and the Connection Reaction Time Limit parameters, see Requested Packet Interval on page 40. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 189 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Module Info Category The Module Info category displays module and status information about the module when the project is online. You can use this category to complete the following: · Determine the identity of the module. · Access module diagnostics. · Refresh the data on the screen. · Reset the module. 190 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Edit the 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK Module Configuration Categories Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules The following categories are available when you configure a 5069-IB8S or 5069IB8SK module: · Input Points Category · Test Output Points Category Input Points Category The Input Points category is only available if you choose This Controller for the Configured By parameter on the Module Definition dialog box. You must configure each point to use it in a Safety application. The inputs are disabled by default. IMPORTANT The Logix Designer application project limits the number of Safety Pulse tests to which you can map a test source. For example, you can map Test Source 0 to a maximum of two Safety Pulse tests. If you try to exceed the maximum number, the software prevents the configuration and a message similar to the following appears. For more information on input delay times, see page 79. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 191 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Test Output Points Category The Test Output Points category is only available if you choose This Controller for the Configured By parameter on the Module Definition dialog box. You must configure each point to use it in a Safety application. The outputs are disabled by default. Edit the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Points Category The 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules use the Points category. The Points category is only available if you choose This Controller for the Configured By parameter on the Module Definition dialog box. You must configure each point to use it in a Safety application. The outputs are disabled by default. 192 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 View the Module Tags Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules When you create a module, the Logix Designer application creates a set of tags that you can view in the Tag Editor. Each configured feature on your module has a distinct tag that is available for use in the controller program logic. Complete the following steps to access the tags for a module. 1. In the Controller Organizer, right-click Controller Tags and choose Monitor Tags. The Controller Tags dialog box appears with data. 2. To view the tags, click the triangle symbols. For more information on module tags, see Appendix B, Module Tag Definitions on page 217 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 193 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Replace a Safety Module Replacing a safety module that sits on a CIP SafetyTM network is more complicated than replacing standard devices because of the Safety Network Number (SNN). Safety devices require this more complex identifier to make sure that module numbers that are duplicated on separate subnets across all networks in the application do not compromise communication between the correct safety devices. The SNN is a unique identifier that is automatically assigned to each subnet in a safety application. The same SNN is assigned to all devices on the subnet. For example, when a Compact 5000 I/O EtherNet/IP adapter is used in a safety application, the Logix Designer application project assigns it an SNN. All Compact 5000 I/O digital modules that are installed with that adapter, are automatically assigned the same SNN. However, each Compact 5000 I/O safety modules require a unique identifier within the same subnet. A DeviceID is used to uniquely identify each safety module. The SNN and module slot number constitute the DeviceID of the safety module. Set the SNN Manually The SNN is used to provide integrity on the initial download to a Compact 5000 I/O safety module. If a safety signature exists, the Compact 5000 I/O safety module must have DeviceID that matches the module in the safety controller project, before it can receive its configuration. To maintain integrity, the module SNN must be set manually. 1. On the General category of the Module Properties dialog box, click the ellipsis next to the Safety Network Number. 194 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules 2. On the Safety Network Number dialog box, click Manual. 3. Type the SNN in the Number field and click OK. 4. On the Module Properties dialog box, click OK. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 195 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Reset to Out-of-Box Configuration When the Logix Designer application is online, the Safety tab of the Module Properties dialog box displays the current configuration ownership. When the opened project owns the configuration, Local is displayed. When a second device owns the configuration, Remote is displayed, along with the SNN, and node address or slot number of the configuration owner. Communication error is displayed if the module read fails. If the connection is Local, you must inhibit the module connection before you reset ownership. To inhibit the module: 1. Right-click the module and choose Properties. 2. On the Connection tab, click Inhibit module. 3. Click Apply and then OK. Complete the following steps to reset the module to its out-of-box configuration when online. 1. Right-click the module and choose Properties. 2. On the Safety tab, click Reset Ownership. 3. When a dialog box appears asking if you want to continue with the reset, read it and click Yes. 196 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Replace a Module in a Logix 5000 System Consider the following conditions before you replace a Compact 5000 I/O safety module in a Logix 5000TM system: · If you rely on a portion of the CIP Safety system to maintain SIL 3 behavior during module replacement and functional testing, you must use the Configure Only When No Safety Signature Exists feature. · If you rely on the entire routable CIP Safety control system to maintain SIL 3/PL (d or e) during the replacement and functional testing of a module, you can use the Configure Always feature. Replacement with `Configure Only When No Safety Signature Exists' Enabled When a module is replaced, the configuration is downloaded from the safety controller if the DeviceID of the new module matches the original. The DeviceID is updated whenever the SNN is set. If the project is configured with Configure Only When No Safety Signature Exists enabled, follow the appropriate instructions in to replace a Compact 5000 I/O safety module. After you complete the steps in a scenario correctly, the DeviceID matches the original. This match enables the safety controller to download the proper module configuration, and re-establish the safety connection. Table 54 - Replace a Compact 5000 I/O Safety Module Controller Safety Signature Exists No Yes or No Yes Yes No Replacement Module Condition Action Required No SNN (Out-of-box) None. The module is ready for use. Same SNN as original safety task configuration None. The module is ready for use. No SNN (Out-of-box) Complete the steps in Set the SNN Manually on page 194. Different SNN from original safety task configuration Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 197 Chapter 7 Configure and Replace Safety Modules Replacement with `Configured Always' Enabled ATTENTION: Enable the `Configure Always' feature only if the entire CIP Safety Control System is not being relied on to maintain SIL 3 behavior during the replacement and functional testing of a module. Do not place modules that are in the out-of-box condition on a CIP Safety network when the Configure Always feature is enabled, except while following this replacement procedure. When the `Configure Always' feature is enabled, the controller automatically checks for and connects to a replacement module that meets all of the following requirements: · The controller has configuration data for a compatible module at that network address. · The module is in out-of-box condition or has an SNN that matches the configuration. If the project is configured for `Configure Always', follow the appropriate steps to replace a Compact 5000 I/O safety module. 1. Remove the old I/O module and install the new module. If the module is in out-of-box condition an SNN mismatch error occurs Then go to step 6. No action is needed for the controller to take ownership of the module. go to the next step to reset the module to outof-box condition. 2. Right-click your I/O module and choose Properties. 3. Click the Safety tab. 4. Click Reset Ownership. 5. Click OK. 6. Follow your company-prescribed procedures to functionally test the replaced I/O module and system and to authorize the system for use. 198 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Troubleshoot Your Module A Appendix Topic Page Module Status Indicator 200 Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules Status Indicators 201 Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Status Indicators 203 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Status Indicators 207 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Status Indicators 209 Use the Logix Designer Application for Troubleshooting 211 Internal Fault Triggered on the Safety Output Module 216 Compact 5000TM I/O modules use the following status indicators: · Module (MOD) Status Indicator - This indicator operates the same for all Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. · I/O Status Indicator - This indicator operates differently based on the module type. · SA Status Indicator- This indicator is only available on the Compact 5000 I/O safety modules. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 199 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Module Status Indicator Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Table 55 describes the Module (MOD) Status indicator on Compact 5000 I/O digital modules. Table 55 - Module Status Indicator - Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules Indicator State Description Recommended Action Off The module is not powered. None if your application does not use the module If your application uses the module and it is expected to be operating, complete the following: · Confirm that the system is powered. · Confirm that the module is installed properly. Steady green The module has a connection to the ownercontroller and is operating normally. None Flashing green One of the following: · The module does not have a connection to the controller. A connection can result from missing, incomplete, or incorrect Troubleshoot your Logix Designer application to module configuration. determine what is preventing a connection from · Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules only - A the module to the controller and correct the connection can be established with the issue. controller, but the Validator has not completed an initial Time Coordination exchange. Steady red Complete the following actions: The module experienced a nonrecoverable fault. 1. Cycle power to the module. 2. If the status indicator remains in the steady red state, replace the module. Flashing red One of the following conditions exists: · A module firmware update is in progress. · A module firmware update attempt failed. · The device has experienced a recoverable fault. · A connection to the module has timed out. Complete one of the following: · Let the firmware update progress complete. · Reattempt a firmware update after one fails. · Use the Logix Designer application to determine the cause of the module fault. The Connection and Module Info categories of the modules configuration indicate the fault type. To clear a recoverable fault, complete one of the following: Cycle module power. Click Reset Module in the Logix Designer application project via the Module Info category of the Module Properties dialog box. If the fault does not clear after you cycle power and click Reset Module, contact Rockwell Automation® Technical Support. · Use the Logix Designer application to determine if a connection has timed out. The Connection category in the Module Properties for the module indicates the module state, including if a connection has timed out. If a connection has timed out, determine the cause and correct it. For example, a cable failure can cause a connection timeout. Flashing red/ green Compact 5000 I/O Safety Modules only - The UNID needs to be commissioned in the module. Commission the UNID in the module. 200 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Compact 5000 I/O Standard Input Modules Status Indicators Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Figure 23 shows the Compact 5000 I/O standard AC input module status indicators. Figure 23 - Compact 5000 I/O Standard AC Input Module I/O Status Indicators 5069-IA16 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Input Channel 0 (I00) Input Channel 1 (I01) Input Channel 2 (I02) Input Channel 3 (I03) Input Channel 4 (I04) Input Channel 5 (I05) Input Channel 6 (I06) Input Channel 7 (I07) Input Channel 8 (I08) Input Channel 9 (I09) Input Channel 10 (I10) Input Channel 11 (I11) Input Channel 12 (I12) Input Channel 13 (I13) Input Channel 14 (I14) Input Channel 15 (I15) No Connect No Connect Module Status indicator I/O Status Indicators Table 56 describes the Compact 5000 I/O standard AC input module I/O status indicators. Table 56 - I/O Status Indicators - Compact 5000 I/O Standard AC Input Module Indicator State Off Steady yellow Description Input is Off or no module power applied The input is On. Recommended Action None None Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 201 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Figure 24 shows the Compact 5000 I/O standard DC input modules status indicators. Figure 24 - Compact 5000 I/O Standard DC Input Module Status Indicators 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16F, 5069-IB16K 5069-IB6F-3W DC INPUT Input Channel 0 (I00) Input Channel 1 (I01) Input Channel 2 (I02) Input Channel 3 (I03) Input Channel 4 (I04) Input Channel 5 (I05) Input Channel 6 (I06) Input Channel 7 (I07) Input Channel 8 (I08) Input Channel 9 (I09) Input Channel 10 (I10) Input Channel 11 (I11) Input Channel 12 (I12) Input Channel 13 (I13) Input Channel 14 (I14) Input Channel 15 (I15) No Connect No Connect 5069-IB16 Module Status Indicator I/O Status Indicators DC INPUT 5069-IB6F-3W Input Channel 0 (I00) SA+ (24V DC) SA- (24V DC Return) Input Channel 1 (I01) SA+ (24V DC) SA- (24V DC Return) Input Channel 2 (I02) SA+ (24V DC) SA- (24V DC Return) Input Channel 3 (I03) SA+ (24V DC) SA- (24V DC Return) Input Channel 4(I04) SA+ (24V DC) SA- (24V DC Return) Input Channel 5 (I05) SA+ (24V DC) SA- (24V DC Return) Module Status Indicator I/O Status Indicators IMPORTANT: The 5069-IB16F and 5069-IB16K module status indicators appear the same as the indicators are shown on the 5069-IB16 module. Table 57 describes the Compact 5000 I/O standard DC input modules I/O status indicators. Table 57 - I/O Status Indicators - Compact 5000 I/O Standard DC Input Modules Indicator State Off Steady yellow Description Recommended Action The input is Off, or no module power applied None The input is On. None 202 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output Modules Status Indicators Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Figure 25 shows the status indicators on the Compact 5000 I/O standard AC output module. Figure 25 - Compact 5000 I/O Standard AC Output Modules Status Indicators 5069-OA16 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Output Channel 0 (O00) Output Channel 1 (O01) Output Channel 2 (O02) Output Channel 3 (O03) Output Channel 4 (O04) Output Channel 5 (O05) Output Channel 6 (O06) Output Channel 7 (O07) Output Channel 8 (O08) Output Channel 9 (O09) Output Channel 10 (O10) Output Channel 11 (O11) Output Channel 12 (O12) Output Channel 13 (O13) Output Channel 14 (O14) Output Channel 15 (O15) No Connect No Connect Module Status Indicator I/O Status Indicators Table 58 describes the I/O status indicators on Compact 5000 I/O standard AC output modules. Table 58 - I/O Status Indicators - Compact 5000 I/O Standard AC Output Module Indicator State Off Steady yellow Flashing red Description Output is Off, or no module power applied. The output is On. A Field Power Loss detection condition exists. Recommended Action None None Reconnect power to the input. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 203 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module 5069-OB8 Figure 26 show the status indicators on the Compact 5000 I/O standard DC output modules. Figure 26 - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Output DC Modules Status Indicators 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16F, 5069-OB16K Output Channel 0 (O00) Output Channel 1 (O01) Output Channel 2 (O02) Output Channel 3 (O03) LAOLAOLAOLAOLAO+ Output Channel 4 (O04) Output Channel 5 (O05) Output Channel 6 (O06) Output Channel 7 (O07) LA1LA1LA1LA1LA1+ DC OUTPUT Module Status Indicator I/O Status Indicators 5069-OB16 Output Channel 0 (O00) Output Channel 1 (O01) Output Channel 2 (O02) Output Channel 3 (O03) Output Channel 4 (O04) Output Channel 5 (O05) Output Channel 6 (O06) Output Channel 7 (O07) Output Channel 8 (O08) Output Channel 9 (O09) Output Channel 10 (O10) Output Channel 11 (O11) Output Channel 12 (O12) Output Channel 13 (O13) Output Channel 14 (O14) Output Channel 15 (O15) LA+ LA- Module Status Indicator I/O Status Indicators IMPORTANT: The 5069-OB16F and 5069-OB16K module status indicators appear the same as the indicators are shown on the 5069-OB16 module. Table 59 describes the I/O status indicators on Compact 5000 I/O standard DC output modules. Table 59 - I/O Status Indicators - Compact 5000 I/O Standard DC Output Modules Indicator State Off Steady yellow Flashing red Description Output is Off, or no module power applied The output is On. One of the following: · A No Load or Short Circuit condition exists. · 5069-OB8, 5069-OB16/B, 5069-OB16F/B, 5069-OB16K/B - A Field Power Loss condition exists. Recommended Action None None One of the following: · Locate and correct the no load or short circuit condition. · Locate and correct the cause of field power loss condition. 204 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 5069-OW4I Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Figure 27 - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Relay Output Module Status Indicators 5069-OW16 RELAY OUTPUT 5069-OW4I Output Channel 0 (O00) 0 A 0 B Output Channel 1 (O01) 1 A 1 B Output Channel 2 (O02) 2 A 2 B Output Channel 3 (O03) 3 A 3 B Module Status Indicator I/O Status Indicators Terminals are unused RELAY OUTPUT 5069-OW16 Output Channel 0 (O00) Output Channel 1 (O01) Output Channel 2 (O02) Output Channel 3 (O03) Output Channel 4 (O04) Output Channel 5 (O05) Output Channel 6 (O06) Output Channel 7 (O07) Common 0 Output Channel 8 (O08) Output Channel 9 (O09) Output Channel 10 (O10) Output Channel 11 (O11) Output Channel 12 (O12) Output Channel 13 (O13) Output Channel 14 (O14) Output Channel 15 (O15) Common 1 Module Status Indicator I/O Status Indicators Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 205 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module 5069-OX4I RELAY OUTPUT 5069-OX4I (0 N.C.) (0 N.O.) (O COMMON) (1 N.C.) (1 N.O.) (1 COMMON) (2 N.C.) (2 N.O.) (2 COMMON) (3 N.C.) (3 N.O.) (3 COMMON) Terminals are unused Module Status Indicator I/O Status Indicators Table 60 describes the I/O status indicators on Compact 5000 I/O standard relay output modules. Table 60 - I/O Status Indicators - Compact 5000 I/O Standard Relay Output Modules Indicator State Off Steady yellow Flashing red Description Output is Off, or no module power applied The output is On. 5069-OW16 only - A Field Power Loss condition exists. Recommended Action None None Locate and correct the cause of field power loss condition. 206 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Status Indicators Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Figure 28 shows the Compact 5000 I/O safety input module status indicators. Figure 28 - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Status Indicators 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK Module Status Indicator SA Status Indicator 5069-IB8S Safety Input 0 (I00) Safety Input 1 (I01) Safety Input 2 (I02) Safety Input 3 (I03) Safety Input 4 (I04) Safety Input 5 (I05) Safety Input 6 (I06) Safety Input 7 (I07) Test Output 0 (TO0) Test Output 0 (TO0) Test Output 1 (TO1) Test Output 1 (TO1) Test Output/Muting Output 2 (TO2M) Test Output/Muting Output 2 (T02M) Test Output/Muting Output 3 (T03M) Test Output/Muting Output 3 (T03M) COM COM I/O Status Indicators IMPORTANT: The 5069-IB8SK module status indicators appear the same as the indicators are shown on the 5069-IB8S module. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 207 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module SA Status Indicator Table 61 describes the Compact 5000 I/O safety input module SA status indicator. Table 61 - SA Status Indicator - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Indicator State Off Steady green Steady red Description Recommended Action One of the following: · There is no SA power that is applied to the module. · The status of SA power is unknown. · The SA power is below valid range as defined by the module. That is, the power Check the power source and address any issues. is too low. · During a safety critical fault, SA power was turned off. SA power is in a valid range as defined by the module. None The SA power is outside the valid range as defined by the module. In this case, the power can be off, too low, or too high. Diagnose and remedy the cause of the power being outside the valid range. I/O Status Indicators Table 62 describes the Compact 5000 I/O safety input module I/O status indicators. Table 62 - I/O Status Indicators - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Indicator State Off Steady yellow Flashing red Steady red Description Recommended Action One of the following: · The channel is Off. · The channel is not configured. · The channel is not enabled. · There is no module power applied. The action is based on the cause of the indicator being in the Off state. For example, if the channel is expected to be Off, there is no action to take. The channel is On. None Short Circuit condition exists. Locate and address the condition. One of the following: One of the following: · Field Power Loss condition exists. · Overload condition exists on test output. · Short Circuit to Ground condition exists on a test output. · · If a Field Power Loss, Overload, or Short Circuit to Ground condition exists, check the module wiring and correct any issues. If there is not a Field Power Loss, Overload, or Short Circuit to Ground condition present, cycle module power. · Other hardware fault not previously listed occurred on the module. If the status indicator remains in the steady red state after you cycle power, replace the module. 208 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Status Indicators Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Figure 29 show the status indicators on the Compact 5000 I/O safety output module. Figure 29 - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Status Indicators 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK Module Status Indicator SA Status Indicator OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) Safety Output 1 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 1 N (Sinking) Safety Output 2 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 2 N (Sinking) Safety Output 3 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 3 N (Sinking) Safety Output 4 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 4 N (Sinking) Safety Output 5 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 5 N (Sinking) Safety Output 6 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 6 N (Sinking) Safety Output 7 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 7 N (Sinking) LA + LA I/O Status Indicators IMPORTANT: The 5069-OBV8SK module status indicators appear the same as the indicators are shown on the 5069-OBV8S module. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 209 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module SA Status Indicator Table 63 describes the Compact 5000 I/O safety output module SA status indicator. Table 63 - SA Status Indicator - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Indicator State Off Steady green Steady red Description Recommended Action One of the following: · There is no power SA power that is applied to the module. · The status of SA power is unknown. · The SA power is below valid range as defined by the module. That is, the power Check the power source and remedy any issues. is too low. · During a safety critical fault, SA power was turned off. SA power is in a valid range as defined by the module. None The SA power is outside the valid range as defined by the module. In this case, the power can be off, too low, or too high. Diagnose and remedy the cause of the power being outside the valid range. I/O Status Indicators Table 64 describes the I/O status indicators on Compact 5000 I/O safety output modules. Table 64 - I/O Status Indicators - Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Modules Indicator State Off Steady yellow Flashing red Steady red Flashing red/yellow Description Recommended Action One of the following: · The channel is Off. · The channel is not configured. · The channel is not enabled. · There is no module power applied. The action is based on the cause of the indicator being in the Off state. For example, if the channel is expected to be Off, there is no action to take. The output is On. None One of the following: · If the output is off and a No Load condition is detected. · A Short Circuit condition exists. Locate and address the condition. One of the following: One of the following: · If a Field Power Loss, Overload, or Short · Field Power Loss condition exists. Circuit to Ground condition exists, check the · Overload condition exists on output. module wiring and correct any issues. · Short Circuit to Ground condition exists · If there is not a Field Power Loss, Overload, or on an output. Short Circuit to Ground condition present, · Other hardware fault not previously cycle module power. listed occurred on the module. If the status indicator remains in the steady red state after you cycle power, replace the module. The output is off and a No Load condition is detected, but the condition is not corrected and the output turns on. Assess and correct the condition. In this case, the status indicator is flashing red until the output is turned on. 210 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Use the Logix Designer Application for Troubleshooting Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power B1 A1 1 2 A2 OK RUN FORCE FAN 1 SD FAN 2 CONTROLLER DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-L4200ERMW UPS RR BB FF 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MP NET B1 LINK B1 NET A1 LINK A1 SA NET A2 SPEED X1 LINK A2 LINK X1 CompactLogix 5TM 480 Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module The Logix Designer application indicates the presence of fault conditions. Fault conditions are reported in the following ways: · Warning Signal in the I/O Configuration Tree · Status and Fault Information in Module Properties Categories · Logix Designer Application Tag Editor Warning Signal in the I/O Configuration Tree As shown in Figure 30, a warning icon appears in the I/O Configuration tree when a fault occurs. Figure 30 - Warning Icon in Controller Organizer MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 211 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Status and Fault Information in Module Properties Categories The Module Properties section in the Logix Designer application includes a series of categories. The numbers and types of categories varies by module type. Each category includes options to configure the module or monitor the status of the module. The following are ways to monitor the state of a module for faults: · Module Status on General Category · Module Fault Descriptions on Connection Category · Module Fault Descriptions on Module Info Category Module Status on General Category As shown in Figure 31, the status of a module is indicated on the General category of the Modules Properties. Figure 31 - Fault Message in Status Line 212 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Module Fault Descriptions on Connection Category As shown in Figure 32, a module fault description that includes an error code that is associated with the specific fault type is listed on the Connection category. Figure 32 - Fault Description with Error Code Module Fault Descriptions on Module Info Category As shown in Figure 33, major and minor fault information is listed on the Module Info tab in the Status section. Figure 33 - Major and Minor Fault Information Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 213 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Module and Point Diagnostics You can use diagnostics in a Logix Designer application project to monitor module and/or point operating conditions and to troubleshoot issues that affect a module and/or point. You can only use diagnostics when the project is online. · Module Diagnostics · Point Diagnostics Module Diagnostics Module diagnostics provide information on a module-wide basis. For example, the Module Diagnostics dialog box indicates the mode within which a module is operating, that is, Run, Remote Run, Remote Program, or Program. Module Diagnostics are accessible from the Module Info category on the Module Properties dialog box, as shown in Figure 34. Figure 34 - Module Information Diagnostics 214 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Point Diagnostics Point diagnostics provide information on an individual point basis. For example, you can check individual points on a 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK safety input module for the presence of a Short Circuit condition. Remember the following: · Not all Compact 5000 I/O digital modules provide point diagnostics. · The point diagnostics that are available vary by module type and functionality. · There are some differences between modules, but most commonly, the Module Properties dialog box category from which you can access point diagnostics is Points. Figure 35 shows how to access output point diagnostics on the 5069-OBV8S module and the diagnostics dialog box. Figure 35 - Point Diagnostics Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 215 Appendix A Troubleshoot Your Module Logix Designer Application Tag Editor Figure 36 show how fault conditions are indicated in the controller tags. Figure 36 - Fault Indication in Controller Tags Internal Fault Triggered on the Safety Output Module Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix Table 65 describes conditions that can trigger InternalFault. Table 65 - Conditions That Trigger InternalFault Conditions Output Behavior · Output Mode - BIpolar · Point Operation Type - Single · Point Mode - Safety · A load is connected between a sourcing output point and a sinking output point. · O.Ptxx.Data tag = 0 · An overload resistor shorts the sourcing output point to 0V DC · Output Mode - Bipolar · Point Operation Type - Single · Point Mode - Safety or Safety Pulse Test · A load is connected between a sourcing output point and a sinking output point. · O.Ptxx.Data tag = 0 · Either output point shorts to 0V DC · Output Mode - Sourcing · Point Operation Type - Single · Point Mode - Safety or Safety Pulse Test · O.Ptxx.Data tag = 1 · Output point shorts to 24V DC Faults Faults Faults Tag Value Diagnostic Value I/O Status Indicator State I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 InternalFault = 1 I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 InternalFault = 1 The I/O status indicator for the faulted output point is steady red. I.Ptxx.Fault tag = 1 IMPORTANT: The tag value occurs on the faulted output point and all of its associated group points. InternalFault = 1 IMPORTANT: The diagnostic value occurs on the faulted output point and all of its associated group points. When the conditions that trigger the diagnostics as described in Table 65 are corrected, the output faults are cleared, the tags and diagnostics reset to 0, and the I/O status indicators turn off. 216 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Module Tag Definitions B Appendix Topic Page Name Conventions 218 Access the Tags 219 5069-IA16 Module Tags 219 5069-IB16 Module Tags 221 5069-IB16F Module Tags 223 5069-IB6F-3W Module Tags 231 5069-OA16 Module Tags 239 5069-OB8 Module Tags 241 5069-OB16 Module Tags 243 5069-OB16F Module Tags 245 5069-OW4I, 5069-OW16, and 5069-OX4I Module Tags 248 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK Module Tags 250 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Tags 252 Module tags are created when you add a module to the Logix Designer application project. The set of tags that are associated with any module depends on the choices that you make in the Module Definition dialog box. For example, if you use a Listen Only Connection, the Logix Designer application creates only Input tags for that module. There are four sets of tags. · Configuration · Event Input - 5069-IB16F and 5069-IB6F-3W modules only · Event Output - 5069-IB16F and 5069-IB6F-3W modules only · Input · Output IMPORTANT The tables that are in this section list all tags available with a module. Not all tags in the list are used when that module type is added to a project. Tag use varies by module configuration. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 217 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Name Conventions Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 MOD Power SA Power Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix The module tags use defined naming conventions. The conventions are as follows: · One of the following: - Module is local - Local - Module is remote - Name of the remote adapter · Slot number · Tag type · Channel/point number · Parameter Tag for Local Module The following example module tag name is for fault data on channel 1 of a 5069-OA16 output module in the second slot of a local system. The fault data is an input tag. Local:2:I.Pt01.Fault Tag for Remote Module The following example module tag name is for the Off to On input filter on channel 0 of a 5069-IB16 output module in the first slot of a remote system. The EtherNet/IP adapter name is remote_5069_adapter, and the filter setting is a configuration tag. remote_5069_adapter:1:C.Pt00.InputOffOnFilter 218 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Access the Tags Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions You can view tags from the Tag Editor. 1. Open your Logix Designer application project. 2. Right-click Controller Tags and choose Monitor Tags. MOD Power SA Power Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S MOD Power SA Power Compact GuardLogix 3. Open the tags as necessary to view specific tags. MOD Power 5069-IA16 Module Tags Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-IA16 module. Configuration Tags Table 66 describes the 5069-IA16 module configuration tags. SA Power Table 66 - 5069-IA16 Module Configuration Tags Name Data Type Ptxx.InputOffOnFilter SINT Ptxx.InputOnOffFilter SINT Definition The amount of time that a signal must be in the on state before the input data indicates the on state. The amount of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products support all enumeration values. The amount of time that a signal must be in the off state before the input data indicates the off state. The amount of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products support all enumeration values. Valid Values The valid values are determined by the input signal. Input signal is 120V AC. · 13 = 1 ms Input signal is 240V AC. · 13 = 1 ms · 14 = 2 ms · 15 = 5 ms IMPORTANT: Logix Designer application lets you enter tag values for filter values that are invalid for some input signals. Make sure that you select a valid input filter value. If you select an invalid input filter value, the module can read signal levels incorrectly. Input signal is 120V AC: · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms Input signal is 240V AC: · 15 = 5 ms · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 219 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Input Tags Table 67 - 5069-IA16 Module Input Tags Name Data Type RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL DiagnosticActive BOOL DiagnosticSequenceCount SINT Ptxx.Data BOOL Ptxx.Faults BOOL Ptxx.Uncertain BOOL Table 67 describes the 5069-IA16 module input tags. Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition · -128...+127 transitions from detected to not detected. The value of 0 is skipped except during module Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from power-up. 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. Indicates the current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. 220 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions 5069-IB16 Module Tags Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-IB16 module. You use the 5069-IB16 module profile in your Logix Designer application project with the 5069-IB16K module. MOD Power Configuration Tags SA Power Table 68 describes the 5069-IB16 module configuration tags. Table 68 - 5069-IB16 Module Configuration Tags Name Counterxx.InputOffOnFilter Counterxx.InputOnOffFilter Counterxx.RolloverAtPreset Ptxx.InputOffOnFilter Ptxx.InputOnOffFilter Data Type SINT SINT BOOL SINT SINT Definition The amount of time that a signal must be in the on state before the input data indicates the on state. The amount of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products support all enumeration values. The amount of time that a signal must be in the off state before the input data indicates the off state. The amount of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products support all enumeration values. Determines whether the simple counter rolls over to 0 when it reaches O:Preset (1) or at 2147483647 (0). The amount of time that a signal must be in the on state before the input data indicates the on state. The amount of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products support all enumeration values. The amount of time that a signal must be in the off state before the input data indicates the off state. The amount of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products support all enumeration values. Valid Values · 9 = 0 µs · 10 = 100 µs · 11 = 200 µs · 12 = 500 µs · 13 = 1 ms · 14 = 2 ms · 15 = 5 ms · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms · 18 = 50 ms · 9 = 0 µs · 10 = 100 µs · 11 = 200 µs · 12 = 500 µs · 13 = 1 ms · 14 = 2 ms · 15 = 5 ms · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms · 18 = 50 ms · 0 = Maximum value · 1 = Preset value · 9 = 0 µs · 10 = 100 µs · 11 = 200 µs · 12 = 500 µs · 13 = 1 ms · 14 = 2 ms · 15 = 5 ms · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms · 18 = 50 ms · 9 = 0 µs · 10 = 100 µs · 11 = 200 µs · 12 = 500 µs · 13 = 1 ms · 14 = 2 ms · 15 = 5 ms · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms · 18 = 50 ms Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 221 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Input Tags Table 69 - 5069-IB16 Module Input Tags Name Data Type RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL DiagnosticActive BOOL Uncertain BOOL DiagnosticSequenceCount SINT Counterxx.Data BOOL Counterxx.Fault BOOL Counterxx.Uncertain BOOL Counterxx.Done BOOL Counterxx.Rollover BOOL Counterxx.Count DINT Ptxx.Data BOOL Ptxx.Fault BOOL Ptxx.Uncertain BOOL Table 69 describes the 5069-IB16 module input tags. Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Indicates if the module is operating outside its designed operating range of if data is under manual or override control. · 0 = Good · 1 = Uncertain Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition -128...+127 transitions from detected to not detected. The value of 0 is skipped except during module Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from power-up. 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. Indicates the current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that counter data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the counter data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. When set, indicates the corresponding counter Done bit · 0 = Corresponding Done bit did not trigger the (rising or falling depending on configuration) triggered the event event. · 1 = Corresponding Done bit triggered the event The counter counted up to Preset -1 and continued counting from or 0. The O:RolloverAck bit transitioning from 0 to 1 or the O:Reset transitioning from 0 to 1 clears this bit. · 0 = Counter has not counted up to Preset - 1 and continued counting from 0 · 1 = Counter counted up to Preset - 1 and continued counting from 0 The number of input transitions counted by a counter. All values. Indicates the current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. 222 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Output Tags Table 70 - 5069-IB16 Module Output Tags Name Data Type Counterxx.Reset BOOL Counterxx.RolloverAck BOOL Counterxx.Preset DINT Table 70 describes the 5069-IB16 module output tags. The 5069-IB16 module output tags are only available if you have enabled counters in the Module Definition dialog box. Definition Valid Values When this bit transitions from 0 to 1 I:Count and I:Rollover · 0 = I:Count and I:Rollover values are not set to 0 are set to zero. · 1 = I:Count and I:Rolloever values are set to 0 Clears the Rollover bit in the input tag when it transitions · 0 = I:Rollover bit is not cleared from 0 to 1. · 1 = I:Rollover bit is cleared · If RolloverAtPreset is set, the counter counts to the Preset value and then rolls over to zero. · If RolloverAtPreset is not set, the counter sets the Done bit and continues counting up to Max DINT. · If C:RolloverAtPreset = 1, then if I:Count O:Preset, I:Count=0, else I:Done bit always = 0. Set I:Rollover bit 0...2,147,483,647 when I:Count transitions from O:Preset 1 to 0. · If C:RolloverAtPreset = 0, then if I:Count O:Preset, I:Done = 1, else I:Done = 0. Set I:Rollover bit when I:Count transitions from 2,147,483,647 to 0. MOD Power 5069-IB16F Module Tags Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-IB16F module. Configuration Tags Table 71 describes the 5069-IB16F module configuration tags. SA Power Table 71 - 5069-IB16F Module Configuration Tags Name Size Counterxx.InputOffOnFilter SINT Counterxx.InputOnOffFilter SINT Definition Valid Values 5 = 0 µs 6 = 5 µs 7 = 10 µs 8 = 20 µs 9 = 50 µs The amount of time that a signal must be in the on state 10 = 100 µs before the input data indicates the on state. The amount 11 = 200 µs of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products 12 = 500 µs support all enumeration values. 13 = 1 ms 14 = 2 ms 15 = 5 ms 16 = 10 ms 17 = 20 ms 18 = 50 ms 5 = 0 µs 6 = 5 µs 7 = 10 µs 8 = 20 µs 9 = 50 µs The amount of time that a signal must be in the off state 10 = 100 µs before the input data indicates the off state. The amount 11 = 200 µs of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products 12 = 500 µs support all enumeration values. 13 = 1 ms 14 = 2 ms 15 = 5 ms 16 = 10 ms 17 = 20 ms 18 = 50 ms Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 223 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 71 - 5069-IB16F Module Configuration Tags Name Size Counterxx.RolloverAtPreset BOOL Ptxx.InputOffOnFilter SINT Ptxx.InputOnOffFilter SINT Ptxx.ChatterTime INT Ptxx.ChatterCount SINT Ptxx.CaptureOffOnEn BOOL Ptxx.CaptureOnOffEn BOOL Ptxx.TimestampLatchEn BOOL Definition Valid Values Determines whether the simple counter rolls over to 0 · 0 = Maximum value when it reaches O:Preset (1) or at 2147483647 (0). · 1 = Preset value 5 = 0 µs 6 = 5 µs 7 = 10 µs 8 = 20 µs 9 = 50 µs The amount of time that a signal must be in the on state 10 = 100 µs before the input data indicates the on state. The amount 11 = 200 µs of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products 12 = 500 µs support all enumeration values. 13 = 1 ms 14 = 2 ms 15 = 5 ms 16 = 10 ms 17 = 20 ms 18 = 50 ms 5 = 0 µs 6 = 5 µs 7 = 10 µs 8 = 20 µs 9 = 50 µs The amount of time that a signal must be in the off state 10 = 100 µs before the input data indicates the off state. The amount 11 = 200 µs of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products 12 = 500 µs support all enumeration values. 13 = 1 ms 14 = 2 ms 15 = 5 ms 16 = 10 ms 17 = 20 ms 18 = 50 ms A value from 1...10000 ms in whole ms increments. 1...10000 The number of input changes that are considered Chatter. · · 0 = Disabled 2...127 = Enabled Enables capturing Off to On time stamps. If cleared, the point does not record Off to On time stamps. · 0 = Capture disabled (default) for OFF to ON input transitions · 1 = Capture enabled for OFF to ON input transitions Enables capturing On to Off time stamps. If cleared, the point does not record On to Off time stamps. · 0 = Capture disabled (default) for ON to OFF input transitions · 1 = Capture enabled for ON to OFF input transitions When this bit is set, timestamps are latched; this means that a Timestamp is not overwritten until acknowledged. All subsequent transitions on that point are ignored until acknowledged/reset. If the bit is not set, the new LO Timestamp overwrites the first LO Timestamp immediately, even if the controller has yet to extract that data. You can acknowledge the timestamp in the following ways: · Off to On transition timestamp: The Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumber.x input tag value is written to the Ptxx.TimestampxxxxxNumberAck output · 0 = Timestamps are overwritten with each tag value. successive COS transition. If Timestamp Latching is enabled, the · 1 = Timestamps are latched until acknowledged. Ptxx.Timestampxxxx input tag remains the same until the next input Off to On transition occurs. Otherwise, the input tag value is cleared. · On to Off transition timestamp: The Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumber.x input tag value is written to the Ptxx.TimestampxxxxxNumberAck output tag value. If Timestamp Latching is enabled, the Ptxx.Timestampxxxx input tag remains the same until the next input On to Off transition. Otherwise, the input tag value is cleared. 224 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Event Input Tags Table 72 describes the 5069-IB16F module event input tags. The event input tags are displayed only if Data with Events is selected in the Module Definition window. Table 72 - 5069-IB16F Module Event Input Tags Name Size RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL Diagnostic Active BOOL DiagnosticSequence Count SINT Eventx BOOL Eventx.PtxxFault BOOL Eventx.Uncertain BOOL Eventx.EventDropped BOOL Eventx.EventRising BOOL Eventx.EventFalling BOOL Eventx.CIPSyncValid BOOL Eventx.CIPSyncTimeout BOOL Eventx.EventsPending SINT Eventx.EventNumber DINT Eventx.EventTimestamp LINT Eventx.CounterxxDone BOOL Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Mode Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition -128...+127 transitions from detected to not detected. The value of 0 is skipped except during module Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from power-up. 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. Indicates the number of the event. 0...3 Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Indicates when an event has been discarded because events are occurring faster than they are being acknowledged. · 0 = An event status has not been dropped. · 1 = An event status has been dropped. Indicates whether an event triggered when an input transition results in an event pattern being matched. 0 or 1 Indicates whether an event triggered when an input transition resulted in an event pattern no longer being 0 or 1 matched. Indicates whether the module is synced with a 1588 master. · 0 = CIP SyncTM is not available · 1 = CIP Sync is available Indicates that the module was once synced with a 1588 master, but is not now due to a timeout. · 0 = A valid time master has not timed out. · 1 = A valid time master was detected on the backplane, but the time master has timed out. The module is using its local clock and can be drifting away from the last known time master. The number of events currently queued in the modules. A value greater than 0 indicates that the controller is not All positive values. currently keeping up with the rate of events. Running count of events, which increments by one each new time event. The originator sets the Event Number Ack to the Event Number to acknowledge receipt of the event. All values. When the EventNumber reaches it maximum value and rolls over it is to roll over to 1, not 0. The time the event occurred. All positive values. When set, indicates the corresponding counter Done bit (rising or falling depending on configuration) triggered the event. · · 0 = Corresponding counter Done bit did not trigger the event 1 = Corresponding counter Done bit triggered the event Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 225 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 72 - 5069-IB16F Module Event Input Tags Name Size Eventx.PtxxData BOOL Eventx.CounterxxFault BOOL Eventx.Fault BOOL Definition Valid Values · 0 = Corresponding data value did not trigger the When set, indicates the corresponding data value (rising event or falling depending on configuration) triggered the event. · 1 = Corresponding data value triggered the event · 0 = Corresponding counter did not have a fault When set, indicates that the corresponding counter had a indicated when the event occurred fault indicated when the event occurred. · 1 = Corresponding counter did have a fault indicated when the event occurred Detects whether the signal is good data. The fault is set to · 0 = Good 1 by the originator when the connection is lost. · 1 = Bad Event Output Tags Table 73 describes the 5069-IB16F module event output tags. The event output tags are displayed only if Data with Events is selected in the Module Definition window. Table 73 - 5069-IB16F Module Event Output Tags Name Size Eventxx.En BOOL Eventxx.EventRisingEn BOOL Eventxx.EventFallingEn BOOL Eventxx.LatchEn BOOL Eventxx.ResetEvent BOOL Eventxx.IndependentConditionTrigger En BOOL Eventxx.EventNumberAck DINT Eventxx.CounterxxSelect BOOL Eventxx.PtxxDataSelect BOOL Eventxx.CounterxxValue BOOL Eventxx.PtxxDataValue BOOL Definition Valid Values When set, the corresponding event trigger definition is active and events are triggered when conditions match the definition. 0 = Event trigger definition is not active and events are not triggered when conditions match the definition 1 = Event trigger definition is active and events are triggered when conditions match the definition When set an event is to trigger each time a condition change results in conditions that match the event trigger 0 or 1 definition. When set, an event is to trigger each time a condition change results in conditions that no longer match the 0 or 1 event trigger definition. When set, events are latched until acknowledged. A new event is lost if the previous event has not been acknowledged. When not set, new events overwrite old events. · 0 = Not latched (default) · 1 = Latched When transitions from 0 to 1, resets all events and clears the event queue on the channel. · 0 = Events are not cleared. · 1 = Events are cleared when a rising edge occurs. For events, determines whether each condition that is indicated in the trigger definition can initiate an event independently. · 0 = When all selected conditions achieve the configured values, an event is triggered. · 1 = When any selected condition achieves the configured value, an event is triggered. The controller writes back the EI:Event[<n>].EventNumber into this EO:Event[<n>].EventNumberAck to indicate receipt of the event. All events with I:EventNumbers that All values occurred before EventNumberAck is acknowledged. When set, indicates that the corresponding counter is to participate in the event trigger definition. 0 = Corresponding counter does not participate in the event trigger definition 1= Corresponding counter participates in the event trigger definition When set, indicates that the corresponding data value is to participate in the event trigger definition. 0 or 1 If the counter function is selected in the event trigger definition, this member indicates that value that is to 0 or 1 trigger the event. Indicates the input value of the event point data. · 0 = Input inactive · 1 = Input active 226 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Table 74 - 5069-IB16F Module Input Tags Name Size RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL Diagnostic Active BOOL CIPSyncValid BOOL CIPSyncTimeout BOOL DiagnosticSequence Count SINT Counterxx.Data BOOL Counterxx.Fault BOOL Counterxx.Uncertain BOOL Counterxx.Done BOOL Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Input Tags Table 74 describes the 5069-IB16F module input tags. Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Mode Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Indicates whether the module is synced with a 1588 master. · 0 = CIP Sync is not available · 1 = CIP Sync is available Indicates that the module was once synced with a 1588 master, but is not now due to a timeout. · 0 = A valid time master has not timed out. · 1 = A valid time master was detected on the backplane, but the time master has timed out. The module is using its local clock and can be drifting away from the last known time master. Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition -128...+127 transitions from detected to not detected. The value of 0 is skipped except during module Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from power-up. 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. Current output data to be applied for normal (unscheduled) outputs. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that counter data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Indicates that the I:Count tag O:Preset.G430. 0 or 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 227 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 74 - 5069-IB16F Module Input Tags Name Size Counterxx.Rollover BOOL Counterxx.Count DINT EventStatus[x].EventDropped BOOL EventStatus[x].CIPSyncValid BOOL EventStatus[x].CIPSyncTimeout BOOL EventStatus[x].EventReset BOOL EventStatus[x].EventsPending SINT EventStatus[x].EventNumber DINT PtxxData BOOL PtxxFault BOOL Ptxx.Uncertain BOOL Definition Valid Values The counter counted up to RolloverValue - 1 (for HSC) or Preset -1 (for simple counters) and then continued counting from the O:Rollunder (for HSC) or 0 (for simple 0 or 1 counters). The O:RolloverAck bit transitioning from 0 to 1 or the O:Reset transitioning from 0 to 1 clears this bit. The number of input transitions counted by a counter. All values Indicates when an event has been discarded because events are occurring faster than they are being acknowledged. · 0 = An event status has not been dropped. · 1 = An event status has been dropped. Indicates whether the module is synced with a 1588 master. · 0 = CIP Sync is not available · 1 = CIP Sync is available Indicates that the module was once synced with a 1588 master, but is not now due to a timeout. · 0 = A valid time master has not timed out. · 1 = A valid time master was detected on the backplane, but the time master has timed out. The module is using its local clock and can be drifting away from the last known time master. When EO.Event[<n>].ResetEvent transitions from 0 to 1, I.EventStatus[<n>].EventReset transitions to 1 to indicate · 0 = Do not reset that the reset was received and completed. It stays 1 until · 1 = Reset EO.Event[<n>].ResetEvent transition to zero. The number of events currently queued in the modules. A value greater than zero indicates that the controller is not All positive values. currently keeping up with the rate of events. Running count of events, which increments by one each new time event. The originator sets the Event Number Ack to the Event Number to acknowledge receipt of the event. All values. When the EventNumber reaches it maximum value and rolls over it is to roll over to 1, not 0. When set, indicates the corresponding data value (rising or falling depending on configuration) triggered the event. 0 or 1 Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. 228 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Table 74 - 5069-IB16F Module Input Tags Name Size Ptxx.Chatter BOOL Ptxx.TimestampOverflowOffOn BOOL Ptxx.TimestampOverflowOnOff BOOL Ptxx.CIPSyncValid BOOL Ptxx.CIPSyncTimeout BOOL Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumber INT Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumber INT Ptxx.TimestampOffOn LINT Ptxx.TimestampOnOff LINT Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Definition Valid Values Indicates if the input is chattering per the ChatterTime · 0 = Normal and ChatterCount settings. · 1 = Input is chattering Indicates an Off to On time stamp was lost in a discrete product. If TimestampLatchEn is set, a new time stamp was not recorded because one is already latched. If 0 or 1 TimestampLatchEn is clear, a timestamp was overwritten. Indicates an On to Off time stamp was lost in a discrete product. If TimestampLatchEn is set, a new time stamp was not recorded because one is already latched. If 0 or 1 TimestampLatchEn is clear, a timestamp was overwritten. Indicates whether the module is synced with a 1588 master. · 0 = CIP Sync is not available · 1 = CIP Sync is available Indicates that the module was once synced with a 1588 master, but is not now due to a timeout. · 0 = A valid time master has not timed out. · 1 = A valid time master was detected on the backplane, but the time master has timed out. The module is using its local clock and can be drifting away from the last known time master. A timestamp number for the Off to On transition for the most-recently produced timestamp. IMPORTANT: If Timestamp Latching is enabled, when this tag value matches the Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumberAck All values. output tag value, the Pt.xxTimestampOffOn input tag remains the same until the next input Off to On transition. Otherwise, the input tag value is cleared. A timestamp number for the On to Off transition for the most-recently produced timestamp. IMPORTANT: If Timestamp Latching is enabled, when this tag value matches the Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumberAck All values. output tag value, the Pt.xxTimestampOnOff input tag remains the same until the next input On to Off transition. Otherwise, the input tag value is cleared. 64-bit Timestamp corresponding to when a change of state Off to On was recorded at the input. IMPORTANT: This number is cleared when Pt.xx.TimestampOffOnNumber input tag value and the Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumberAck output tag value match. All values. 64-bit Timestamp corresponding to when a change of state On to Off was recorded at the input. IMPORTANT: This number is cleared when Pt.xx.TimestampOnOffNumber input tag value and the Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumberAck output tag value match. All values. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 229 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 75 - 5069-IB16F Module Output Tags Name Size Counterxx.Reset BOOL Counterxx.RolloverAck BOOL Counterxx.Preset DINT Ptxx.ResetTimestamps BOOL Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumberAck INT Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumberAck INT Output Tags Table 75 describes the 5069-IB16F module output tags. Definition Valid Values When this bit transitions from 0 to 1, I:Count, and I:Rollover · 0 = Do not reset are set to zero. · 1 = Reset Clears the Rollunder tag in the input tag when it transitions from 0 to 1. 0 or 1 · If RolloverAtPreset is set, the counter counts to the Preset value and then rolls over to zero. · If RolloverAtPreset is not set, the counter sets the Done bit and continues counting up to Max DINT. · If C:RolloverAtPreset = 1, then if I:Count O:Preset, I:Count=0., else I:Done bit always = 0. Set I:Rollover bit 0...2,147,483,647 when I:Count transitions from O:Preset 1 to 0. · If C:RolloverAtPreset = 0, then if I:Count O:Preset, I:Done = 1, else I:Done = 0. Set I:Rollover bit when I:Count transitions from 2,147,483,647 to 0. Erases all recorded timestamps for the input channel when it transitions from 0 to 1. · 0 = Timestamps are not erased. · 1 = Timestamps are erased. An Off to On timestamp identifier that is written by the controller to indicate that the identified timestamp has been seen and acted on. · When Latching is enabled and the Timestamp Number that is received from the controller transitions to the most recent timestamp that is produced, the module can produce a new timestamp. All values. · When Latching is disabled and the Timestamp Number that is received from the controller transitions to the most recent timestamp that is produced, the PtxxTimestampOffOn and the Ptxx.TimestampOverflowOffOn tags are cleared. An On to Off timestamp identifier that is written by the controller to indicate that the identified timestamp has been seen and acted on. · When Latching is enabled and the Timestamp Number that is received from the controller transitions to the most recent timestamp that is produced, the module can produce a new timestamp. All values. · When Latching is disabled and the Timestamp Number that is received from the controller transitions to the most recent timestamp that is produced, the PtxxTimestampOnOff and the Ptxx.TimestampOverflowOnOff tags are cleared. 230 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions 5069-IB6F-3W Module Tags This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-IB6F-3W module. Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Configuration Tags MOD Power Table 76 describes the 5069-IF6F-3W module configuration tags. SA Power Table 76 - 5069-IB6F-3W Configuration Tags Name Size Counterxx.InputOffOnFilter SINT Counterxx.InputOnOffFilter SINT Counterxx.RolloverAtPreset BOOL Ptxx.InputOffOnFilter SINT Definition Valid Values · 5 = 0 µs · 6 = 5 µs · 7 = 10 µs · 8 = 20 µs · 9 = 50 µs The amount of time that a signal must be in the on state · 10 = 100 µs before the input data indicates the on state. The amount · 11 = 200 µs of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products · 12 = 500 µs support all enumeration values. · 13 = 1 ms · 14 = 2 ms · 15 = 5 ms · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms · 18 = 50 ms · 5 = 0 µs · 6 = 5 µs · 7 = 10 µs · 8 = 20 µs · 9 = 50 µs The amount of time that a signal must be in the off state · 10 = 100 µs before the input data indicates the off state. The amount · 11 = 200 µs of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products · 12 = 500 µs support all enumeration values. · 13 = 1 ms · 14 = 2 ms · 15 = 5 ms · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms · 18 = 50 ms Determines whether the simple counter rolls over to 0 · 0 = Maximum value when it reaches O:Preset (1) or at 2147483647 (0). · 1 = Preset value · 5 = 0 µs · 6 = 5 µs · 7 = 10 µs · 8 = 20 µs · 9 = 50 µs The amount of time that a signal must be in the on state · 10 = 100 µs before the input data indicates the on state. The amount · 11 = 200 µs of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products · 12 = 500 µs support all enumeration values. · 13 = 1 ms · 14 = 2 ms · 15 = 5 ms · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms · 18 = 50 ms Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 231 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 76 - 5069-IB6F-3W Configuration Tags Name Size Definition Valid Values Ptxx.InputOnOffFilter · 5 = 0 µs · 6 = 5 µs · 7 = 10 µs · 8 = 20 µs · 9 = 50 µs The amount of time that a signal must be in the off state · 10 = 100 µs SINT before the input data indicates the off state. The amount · 11 = 200 µs of time is indicated using an enumeration. Not all products · 12 = 500 µs support all enumeration values. · 13 = 1 ms · 14 = 2 ms · 15 = 5 ms · 16 = 10 ms · 17 = 20 ms · 18 = 50 ms Ptxx.ChatterTime INT A value from 1...10000 ms in whole ms increments. 1...10000 Ptxx.ChatterCount SINT The number of input changes that are considered Chatter. · · 0 = Disabled 2...127 = Enabled Ptxx.CaptureOffOnEn · 0 = Capture disabled (default) for OFF to ON BOOL Enables capturing Off to On time stamps. If cleared, point input transitions does not record Off to On time stamps. · 1 = Capture enabled for OFF to ON input transitions Ptxx.CaptureOnOffEn · 0 = Capture disabled (default) for ON to OFF BOOL Enables capturing On to Off time stamps. If cleared, point input transitions does not record On to Off time stamps. · 1 = Capture enabled for ON to OFF input transitions When this bit is set, timestamps are latched; this means that a Timestamp is not overwritten until acknowledged. All subsequent transitions on that point are ignored until acknowledged/reset. If the bit is not set, the new LO Timestamp overwrites the first LO Timestamp immediately, even if the controller has yet to extract that · 0 = Timestamps are overwritten with each Ptxx.TimestampLatchEn BOOL data. successive COS transition. The timestamp can also be acknowledge if the · 1 = Timestamps are latched until acknowledged. Ptxx.TimestampxxxxxNumber input tag value is written to the Ptxx.TimestampxxxxxNumberAck output tag value. It is worth noting that writing the input tag value to the output tag value, clears the Ptxx.Timestampxxxxx input tag value.(1) (1) In this case, the xxxxx in the tag names represents OffOn or OnOff tags based on what transition occurred. That is, a change in state from Off to On or On to Off. 232 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Event Input Tags Table 77 describes the 5069-IB6F-3W module event input tags. The event input tags are displayed only if you select Data with Events in the Module Definition window. Table 77 - 5069-IB6F-3W Module Event Input Tags Name Size ConnectionFaulted BOOL DiagnosticActive BOOL DiagnosticSequenceCount SINT RunMode BOOL Eventx BOOL Eventx.Fault BOOL Eventx.Uncertain BOOL Eventx.EventDropped BOOL Eventx.EventRising BOOL Eventx.EventFalling BOOL Eventx.CIPSyncValid BOOL Eventx.CIPSyncTimeout BOOL Eventx.EventsPending SINT Eventx.EventNumber DINT Eventx.Timestamp LINT Eventx.CounterxxDone BOOL Definition Valid Values Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition transitions from detected to not detected. Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. -128...+127 The value of 0 is skipped except during module power-up. Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Mode Indicates the number of the event. 0...3 Detects whether the signal is good data. The fault is set to · 0 = Good data 1 by the originator when the connection is lost. · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Indicates when an event has been discarded because events are occurring faster than they are being acknowledged. · 0 = An event status has not been dropped. · 1 = An event status has been dropped. Indicates whether an event triggered when an input transition results in an event pattern being matched. 0 or 1 Indicates whether an event triggered when an input transition resulted in an event pattern no longer being 0 or 1 matched. Indicates whether the module is synced with a 1588 master. · 0 = CIP Sync is not available · 1 = CIP Sync is available Indicates that the module was once synced with a 1588 master, but is not now due to a timeout. · 0 = A valid time master has not timed out. · 1 = A valid time master was detected on the backplane, but the time master has timed out. The module is using its local clock and can be drifting away from the last known time master. The number of events currently queued in the modules. A value greater than 0 indicates that the controller is not All positive values. currently keeping up with the rate of events. Running count of events, which increments by one each new time event. The originator sets the Event Number Ack to the Event Number to acknowledge receipt of the event. All values. When the EventNumber reaches it maximum value and rolls over it is to roll over to 1, not 0. The time the event occurred. All positive values. When set, indicates the corresponding counter Done bit (rising or falling depending on configuration) triggered the 0 or 1 event. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 233 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 77 - 5069-IB6F-3W Module Event Input Tags Name Eventx.PtxxData Eventx.CounterxxFault Eventx.PtxxFault Size Definition Valid Values BOOL When set, indicates the corresponding data value (rising or falling depending on configuration) triggered the event. 0 or 1 BOOL When set, indicates that the corresponding counter had a fault indicated when the event occurred. 0 or 1 · 0 = Good BOOL Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Bad, causing fault If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Event Output Tags Table 78 describes the 5069-IB6F-3W module event output tags. The event output tags are displayed only if you select Data with Events in the Module Definition window. Table 78 - 5069-IB6F-3W Module Event Output Tags Name Size Eventxx.En BOOL Eventxx.EventRisingEn BOOL Eventxx.EventFallingEn BOOL Eventxx.LatchEn BOOL Eventxx.ResetEvent BOOL Eventxx.IndependentConditionTrigger En BOOL Eventxx.EventNumberAck DINT Eventxx.CounterxxSelect BOOL Eventxx.PtxxDataSelect BOOL Eventxx.CounterxxValue BOOL Eventxx.PtxxDataValue BOOL Definition Valid Values When set, the corresponding event trigger definition is active and events are triggered when conditions match 0 or 1 the definition. When set, an event is to trigger each time a condition change results in conditions that match the event trigger 0 or 1 definition. When set, an event is to trigger each time a condition change results in conditions that no longer match the 0 or 1 event trigger definition. When set, events are latched until acknowledged. A new event is lost if the previous event has not been acknowledged. When not set, new events overwrite old events. · 0 = Not latched (default) · 1 = Latched When the value transitions from 0 to 1, resets all events and clears the event queue on the channel. · 0 = Events are not cleared · 1 = Events are cleared when a rising edge occurs For events, determines whether each condition that is indicated in the trigger definition can initiate an event independently. · 0 = When all selected conditions achieve the configured values, an event is triggered. · 1 = When any selected condition achieves the configured value, an event is triggered. The controller writes back the EI:Event[<n>].EventNumber into this EO:Event[<n>].EventNumberAck to indicate receipt of the event. All events with I:EventNumbers that All values. occurred before EventNumberAck is acknowledged. When set, indicates that the corresponding counter is to participate in the event trigger definition. 0 or 1 When set, indicates that the corresponding data value is to participate in the event trigger definition. 0 or 1 If the counter function is selected in the event trigger definition, this member indicates that value that is to 0 or 1 trigger the event. Input value of the event point data. · 0 = Input inactive · 1 = Input active 234 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Input Tags Table 79 - 5069-IB6F-3W Module Input Tags Name Size RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL DiagnosticActive BOOL CIPSyncValid BOOL CIPSyncTimeout BOOL DiagnosticSequenceCount SINT Uncertain BOOL Counterxx.Data BOOL Counterxx.Fault BOOL Counterxx.Uncertain BOOL Table 79 describes the 5069-IB6F-3W module input tags. Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Mode Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Indicates whether the module is synced with a 1588 master. · 0 = CIP Sync is not available · 1 = CIP Sync is available Indicates that the module was once synced with a 1588 master, but is not now due to a timeout. · 0 = A valid time master has not timed out. · 1 = A valid time master was detected on the backplane, but the time master has timed out. The module is using its local clock and can be drifting away from the last known time master. Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition -127...+128 transitions from detected to not detected. The value of 0 is skipped except during module Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from power-up. 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. Indicates if the module is operating outside its designed operating range of if data is under manual or override control. · 0 = Good · 1 = Uncertain Indicates the current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the counter data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 235 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 79 - 5069-IB6F-3W Module Input Tags Name Size Counterxx.Done BOOL Counterxx.Rollover BOOL Counterxx.Count DINT EventStatusx.CIPSyncTimeout BOOL EventStatusx.CIPSyncValid BOOL EventStatusx.EventDropped BOOL EventStatusx.EventNumber DINT EventStatusx.EventReset BOOL EventStatusx.EventsPending SINT Ptxx.Data BOOL Ptxx.Fault BOOL Ptxx.Uncertain BOOL Definition Valid Values Indicates that the I:Count tag O:Preset.G430. 0 or 1 The counter counted up to RolloverValue - 1 (for HSC) or Preset -1 (for simple counters) and then continued counting from the O:Rollunder (for HSC) or 0 (for simple 0 or 1 counters). The O:RolloverAck bit transitioning from 0 to 1 or the O:Reset transitioning from 0 to 1 clears the bit. The number of input transitions counted by a counter. All values. Indicates that the module was once synced with a 1588 master, but is not now due to a timeout. · 0 = A valid time master has not timed out. · 1 = A valid time master was detected on the backplane, but the time master has timed out. The module is using its local clock and can be drifting away from the last known time master. Indicates whether the module is synced with a 1588 master. · 0 = CIP Sync is not available · 1 = CIP Sync is available Indicates when an event has been discarded because events are occurring faster than they are being acknowledged. · 0 = An event status has not been dropped · 1 = An event status has been dropped Running count of events, which increments by one each new time event. The originator sets the Event Number Ack to the Event Number to acknowledge receipt of the event. All values. When the EventNumber reaches it maximum value and rolls over it is to roll over to 1, not 0. When EO.Event[<n>].ResetEvent transitions from 0 to 1, I.EventStatus[<n>].EventReset transitions to 1 to indicate · 0 = Do not reset that the reset was received and completed. It stays 1 until · 1 = Reset EO.Event[<n>].ResetEvent transition to zero. The number of events currently queued in the modules. A value greater than zero indicates that the controller is not All positive values. currently keeping up with the rate of events. Indicates the current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. 236 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Table 79 - 5069-IB6F-3W Module Input Tags Name Size Ptxx.Chatter BOOL Ptxx.TimestampOverflowOnOff BOOL Ptxx.TimestampOverflowOffOn BOOL Ptxx.CIPSyncValid BOOL Ptxx.CIPSyncTimeout BOOL Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumber INT Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumber INT Ptxx.TimestampOffOn LINT Ptxx.TimestampOnOff LINT Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Definition Valid Values 1 = the Shows that the input is chattering per the ChatterTime and ChatterCount settings. 0 = Normal · 0 = Normal · 1 = Input is chattering Indicates an On to Off time stamp was lost in a discrete product. If TimestampLatchEn is set, a new time stamp was not recorded because one is already latched. If 0 or 1 TimestampLatchEn is clear, a timestamp was overwritten. Indicates an Off to On time stamp was lost in a discrete product. If TimestampLatchEn is set, a new time stamp was not recorded because one is already latched. If 0 or 1 TimestampLatchEn is clear a timestamp was overwritten. Indicates whether the module is synced with a 1588 master. · 0 = CIP Sync is not available · 1 = CIP Sync is available Indicates that the module was once synced with a 1588 master, but is not now due to a timeout. · 0 = A valid time master has not timed out. · 1 = A valid time master was detected on the backplane, but the time master has timed out. The module is using its local clock and can be drifting away from the last known time master. A timestamp number for the Off to On transition for the most-recently produced timestamp. IMPORTANT: If Timestamp Latching is enabled, when this tag value matches the Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumberAck All values. output tag value, the Pt.xxTimestampOffOn input tag remains the same until the next input Off to On transition. Otherwise, the input tag value is cleared. A timestamp number for the On to Off transition for the most-recently produced timestamp. IMPORTANT: If Timestamp Latching is enabled, when this tag value matches the Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumberAck All values. output tag value, the Pt.xxTimestampOnOff input tag remains the same until the next input On to Off transition. Otherwise, the input tag value is cleared. 64-bit Timestamp corresponding to when a change of state Off to On was recorded at the input. IMPORTANT: This number is cleared when Pt.xx.TimestampOffOnNumber input tag value and the Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumberAck output tag value match. All values. 64-bit Timestamp corresponding to when a change of state On to Off was recorded at the input. IMPORTANT: This number is cleared when Pt.xx.TimestampOnOffNumber input tag value and the Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumberAck output tag value match. All values. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 237 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Output Tags Table 80 describes the 5069-IB6F-3W module output tags. Table 80 - 5069-IB6F-3W Module Output Tags Name Size Counterxx.Reset BOOL Counterxx.RolloverAck BOOL Counterxx.Preset DINT Ptxx.ResetTimestamps BOOL Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumberAck INT Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumberAck INT Definition Valid Values When this bit transitions from 0 to 1, I:Count, and I:Rollover · 0 = Do not reset are set to zero. · 1 = Reset Clears the Rollunder bit in the input tag when it transitions from 0 to 1. 0 or 1 · If RolloverAtPreset is set, the counter counts to the Preset value and then rolls over to zero. · If RolloverAtPreset is not set, the counter sets the Done bit and continues counting up to Max DINT. · If C:RolloverAtPreset = 1, then if I:Count O:Preset, I:Count=0. I:Done bit always = 0. Set I:Rollover bit when 0...2,147,483,647 I:Count transitions from O:Preset 1 to 0. · If C:RolloverAtPreset = 0, then if I:Count O:Preset, I:Done = 1, else I:Done = 0. Set I:Rollover bit when I:Count transitions from 2,147,483,647 to 0. Erases all recorded timestamps for the input channel when it transitions from 0 to 1. · 0 = Timestamps are not erased · 1 = Timestamps are erased An Off to On timestamp identifier that is written by the controller to indicate that the identified timestamp has been seen and acted on. When Latching is enabled and the Timestamp Number that is received from the controller matches the most recent timestamp that is produced, the All values. module can produce a new timestamp. IMPORTANT: When this tag value matches the Ptxx.TimestampOffOnNumber input tag value the Pt.xxTimestampOffOn input tag value is cleared. An On to Off timestamp identifier that is written by the controller to indicate that the identified timestamp has been seen and acted on. When Latching is enabled and the Timestamp Number that is received from the controller matches the most recent timestamp that is produced, the All values. module can produce a new timestamp. IMPORTANT: When this tag value matches the Ptxx.TimestampOnOffNumber input tag value, the Pt.xxTimestampOnOff input tag value is cleared. 238 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 MOD Power 5069-OA16 Module Tags Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-OA16 module. Configuration Tags Table 81 describes the 5069-OA16 module configuration tags. SA Power Table 81 - 5069-OA16 Module Configuration Tags Name Size Ptxx.FaultMode BOOL Ptxx.FaultValue BOOL Ptxx.ProgMode BOOL Ptxx.ProgValue BOOL Ptxx.FaultFinalState BOOL Ptxx.ProgramToFaultEn BOOL Ptxx.FaultValueStateDuration SINT Definition Valid Values Selects the behavior the output channel takes if a communication fault occurs. FaultValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · 0 = Hold last state · 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the discrete output should assume · 0 = Off if a communication fault occurs when FaultMode = 0. · 1 = On Selects the behavior the output channel should take when transitioned into Program mode. ProgValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · · 0 = Hold last state 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the output should take when the · 0 = The output state is Off during Program connection transitions to Program mode if the ProgMode mode. bit is set to "User-Defined Value". · 1 = The output state is On during Program mode. If FaultValueStateDuration is nonzero, determines the final Output state after the configured FaultValueStateDuration time out occurs. · · 0 = The output state is Off after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. 1 = The output state is On after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. Determines if an output transitions to the Fault Mode when · 0 = Stay in Program Mode the connection faults while in Program Mode. · 1 = Go to Fault mode This value determines the length of time the Fault Mode · 0 = Hold forever (default). state is held before the FaultFinalState being applied. · 1, 2, 5, or 10 seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 239 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 82 - 5069-OA16 Module Input Tags Name Size RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL DiagnosticActive BOOL DiagnosticSequenceCount SINT Ptxx.Data BOOL Ptxx.Fault BOOL Ptxx.Uncertain BOOL Input Tags Table 82 describes the 5069-OA16 module input tags. Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Mode Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition -128...+127 transitions from detected to not detected. The value of 0 is skipped except during module Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from power-up. 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. Indicates the current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Table 83 - 5069-OA16 Module Output Tags Name Size Ptxx.Data BOOL Output Tags Table 83 describes the 5069-OA16 module output tags. Definition Indicates the current output value. Valid Values · 0 = Off · 1 = On 240 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 MOD Power 5069-OB8 Module Tags Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-OB8 module. Configuration Tags Table 84 describes the 5069-OB8 module configuration tags. SA Power Table 84 - 5069-OB8 Module Configuration Tags Name Size Ptxx.FaultMode BOOL Ptxx.FaultValue BOOL Ptxx.ProgMode BOOL Ptxx.ProgValue BOOL Ptxx.FaultFinalState BOOL Ptxx.ProgramToFaultEn BOOL Ptxx.NoLoadEn BOOL Ptxx.FaultValueStateDuration SINT Definition Valid Values Selects the behavior the output channel takes if a communication fault occurs. FaultValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · 0 = Hold last state · 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the output assumes if a communication fault occurs when FaultMode = 0. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Selects the behavior the output channel takes when transitioned into Program mode. ProgValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · 0 = Hold last state · 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the output takes when the · 0 = The output state is Off during Program connection transitions to Program mode if the ProgMode mode. bit is set to "User-Defined Value". · 1 = The output state is On during Program mode. If FaultValueStateDuration is nonzero, determines the final Output state after the configured FaultValueStateDuration time-out occurs. · · 0 = The output state is Off after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. 1 = The output state is On after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. Determines if an output transitions to the Fault Mode if the · 0 = Stay in Program Mode connection faults while in Program Mode. · 1 = Go to Fault mode Enables no load detection for output channels. · 0 = Disable · 1 = Enable This value determines the length of time the Fault Mode · 0 = Hold forever (default). state is held before the FaultFinalState being applied. · 1, 2, 5, or 10 seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 241 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 85 - 5069-OB8 Module Input Tags Name Size RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL DiagnosticActive BOOL DiagnosticSequenceCount SINT Ptxx.Data BOOL Ptxx.Fault BOOL Ptxx.Uncertain BOOL Ptxx.NoLoad BOOL Ptxx.ShortCircuit BOOL Input Tags Table 85 describes the 5069-OB8 module input tags. Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Mode Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition · -128...+127 transitions from detected to not detected. The value of 0 is skipped except during module Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from power-up. 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. Indicates the current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Indicates that the signal wire has been disconnected from one of its terminals or the RTB has been removed. Used with Output channels. · · 0 = No fault 1 = Fault Indicates an output short circuit or overcurrent. · 0 = No short circuit · 1 = Short circuit or overcurrent Table 86 - 5069-OB8 Module Output Tags Name Size Ptxx.Data BOOL Output Tags Table 86 describes the 5069-OB8 module output tags. Definition Indicates the current output value. Valid Values · 0 = Off · 1 = On 242 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 SA Power MOD Power 5069-OB16 Module Tags Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-OB16 module. You use the 5069-IB16 module profile in your Logix Designer application project with the 5069-IB16K module. Configuration Tags Table 87 describes the 5069-OB16 module configuration tags. Table 87 - 5069-OB16 Module Configuration Tags Name Size Ptxx.FaultMode BOOL Ptxx.FaultValue BOOL Ptxx.ProgMode BOOL Ptxx.ProgValue BOOL Ptxx.FaultFinalState BOOL Ptxx.ProgramToFaultEn BOOL Ptxx.NoLoadEn BOOL Ptxx.FaultValueStateDuration SINT Definition Valid Values Selects the behavior the output channel takes if a communication fault occurs. FaultValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · 0 = Hold last state · 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the output assumes if a communication fault occurs when FaultMode = 0. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Selects the behavior that the output takes when transitioned into Program mode. ProgValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · 0 = Hold last state · 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the output takes when the · 0 = The output state is Off during Program connection transitions to Program mode if the ProgMode mode. bit is set to "User-Defined Value". · 1 = The output state is On during Program mode. If FaultValueStateDuration is nonzero, determines the final Output state after the configured FaultValueStateDuration time-out occurs. · · 0 = The output state is Off after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. 1 = The output state is On after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. Determines if an output transitions to the Fault Mode if the · 0 = Stay in Program Mode connection faults while in Program Mode. · 1 = Go to Fault mode Enables no load detection for output channels. · 0 = Disable · 1 = Enable This value determines the length of time the Fault Mode · 0 = Hold forever (default). state is held before the FaultFinalState being applied. · 1, 2, 5, or 10 seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 243 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 88 - 5069-OB16 Module Input Tags Name Size RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL DiagnosticActive BOOL Uncertain BOOL DiagnosticSequenceCount SINT Ptxx.Data BOOL Ptxx.Fault BOOL Ptxx.Uncertain BOOL Ptxx.NoLoad BOOL Ptxx.ShortCircuit BOOL Input Tags Table 88 describes the 5069-OB16 module input tags. Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Mode Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Indicates if the module is operating outside its designed operating range of if data is under manual or override control. · 0 = Good · 1 = Uncertain Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition -128...+127 transitions from detected to not detected. The value of 0 is skipped except during module Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from power-up. 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. Indicates the current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Indicates that the signal wire has been disconnected from one of its terminals or the RTB has been removed. Used with Output channels. · · 0 = No fault 1 = Fault Indicates an output short circuit or overcurrent. · 0 = No short circuit · 1 = Short circuit or overcurrent Table 89 - 5069-OB16 Module Output Tags Name Size Ptxx.Data BOOL Output Tags Table 89 describes the 5069-OB16 module output tags. Definition Indicates the current output value. Valid Values · 0 = Off · 1 = On 244 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 MOD Power 5069-OB16F Module Tags Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-OB16F modules. Configuration Tags Table 90 describes the 5069-OB16F module configuration tags. SA Power Table 90 - 5069-OB16F Configuration Tags Name Size Ptxx.FaultMode BOOL Ptxx.FaultValue BOOL Ptxx.ProgMode BOOL Ptxx.ProgValue BOOL Ptxx.FaultFinalState BOOL Ptxx.ProgramToFaultEn BOOL Ptxx.NoLoadEn BOOL Ptxx.FaultValueStateDuration SINT Definition Valid Values Selects the behavior the output channel takes if a communication fault occurs. FaultValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · 0 = Hold last state · 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the output assumes if a communication fault occurs when FaultMode = 0. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Selects the behavior that the output takes when transitioned into Program mode. ProgValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · 0 = Hold last state · 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the output takes when the · 0 = The output state is Off during Program connection transitions to Program mode if the ProgMode mode. bit is set to "User-Defined Value". · 1 = The output state is On during Program mode. If FaultValueStateDuration is nonzero, determines the final Output state after the configured FaultValueStateDuration time-out occurs. · · 0 = The output state is Off after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. 1 = The output state is On after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. Determines if an output transitions to the Fault Mode if the · 0 = Stay in Program Mode connection faults while in Program Mode. · 1 = Go to Fault mode Enables no load detection for output channels. · 0 = Disable · 1 = Enable This value determines the length of time the Fault Mode · 0 = Hold forever (default). state is held before the FaultFinalState being applied. · 1, 2, 5, or 10 seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 245 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 91 - 5069-OB16F Module Input Tags Name Size RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL DiagnosticActive BOOL Uncertain BOOL DiagnosticSequenceCount SINT CIPSyncValid BOOL CIPSyncTimeout BOOL Ptxx.Data BOOL Ptxx.Fault BOOL Ptxx.Uncertain BOOL Ptxx.NoLoad BOOL Ptxx.ShortCircuit BOOL Schedulex SINT Input Tags Table 91 describes the 5069-OB16F module input tags. Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Mode Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Indicates if the module is operating outside its designed operating range of if data is under manual or override control. · 0 = Good · 1 = Uncertain Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition transitions from detected to not detected. Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. -128...+127 The value of 0 is skipped except during module power-up. Indicates whether the module is synced with a 1588 master. · 0 = CIP Sync is not available · 1 = CIP Sync is available Indicates that the module was once synced with a 1588 master, but is not now due to a timeout. · 0 = A valid time master has not timed out. · 1 = A valid time master was detected on the backplane, but the time master has timed out. The module is using its local clock and can be drifting away from the last known time master. Current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Indicates that the signal wire has been disconnected from one of its terminals or the RTB has been removed. Used with Output channels. · · 0 = No fault 1 = Fault Indicates an output short circuit or overcurrent. · 0 = No short circuit · 1 = Short circuit or overcurrent Indicates which schedule to load from 32 available schedules. · 1...32 = Valid schedule · 0, 129...255 = No schedule 246 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Table 91 - 5069-OB16F Module Input Tags Name Size Schedulex.State SINT Schedulex.ScheduleNumber SINT LateScheduleCount INT LostScheduleCount INT Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Definition Current state of the Tagschedule at index x. Echo of ScheduleNumber from the output image. Count of schedules that arrive late. That is, the arrival time is after scheduled time. Counter rolls over every 65535 late updates. The output is still be driven to new state if this is the most recent schedule for that point. Useful in indicating that network delays/losses are causing scheduling issues. Increments whenever the schedule sequence number in the output tag skips a value, which can indicate a lost schedule. Counter rolls over every 65535 lost updates. Valid Values · 0 = Inactive · 1 = Active schedule is next to be applied to any of the outputs. · 2 = Current schedule is not the next to be applied one of the outputs. · 3 = Expired schedule has been applied. · 4 = Discarded scheduled but mask was off, or the requested schedule was late (received after its scheduled application time) and a more recent schedule has already been applied to that output point. · 5 = Late received schedule after the time it is to be applied. · 0...3 All values. All values. Output Tags Table 92 - 5069-OB16F Module Output Tags Name Size TimeBase LINT Ptxx.Data BOOL Ptxx.ScheduleEn BOOL Schedulex SINT Schedulex.ID SINT Schedulex.SequenceNumber SINT Schedulex.OutputPointSelect SINT Schedulex.Data BOOL Schedulex.TimeOffset DINT Table 92 describes the 5069-OB16F module output tags. Definition Valid Values Indicates the TimeBase for all schedule times in a scheduled output consumed assembly or channel. The TimeBase + The Schedule[n].TimeOffset determines the Any positive value. time for the schedule. Base/Offset scheme that is used to fit enough schedules into the assembly. Current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Specifies the use of normal output data or scheduled data. · · 0 = Normal output data 1 = Scheduled data Indicates which schedule to load from 32 available schedules. · 1...32 = Valid schedule · 0, 129...255 = No schedule There are 32 schedules available (for Neo R1 products). · 1...32 = Valid schedule Indicates which schedule to load. · 0 or 129...255 = No schedule Indicates that the schedule information is valid and to process this schedule. All values. Selects the output point that this schedule applies to. 0xFF means no output point selected. 0...15 Output data to be applied at time that is specified in schedule. 0 or 1 Offset from schedule base time. Used for scheduled output consumed tags. Base/Offset scheme that is used All values. to fit enough schedules in the assembly. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 247 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions 5069-OW4I, 5069-OW16, and This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-OW4I, 5069-OX4I Module Tags 5069-OW16, and 5069-OX4I modules. The tags are the same for each module. Standard Modules DC INPUT DC INPUT DC OUTPUT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT 5069-IB16 5069-IB16 5069-OB16 5069-IY4 5069-OF8 Configuration Tags Table 93 describes the 5069-OW4I and 5069-OX4I module configuration tags. MOD Power SA Power Table 93 - Relay Output High Current Module Configuration Tags Name Size Ptxx.FaultMode BOOL Ptxx.FaultValue BOOL Ptxx.ProgMode BOOL Ptxx.ProgValue BOOL Ptxx.FaultFinalState BOOL Ptxx.ProgramToFaultEn BOOL Ptxx.FaultValueStateDuration SINT Definition Valid Values Selects the behavior the output channel takes if a communication fault occurs. FaultValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · · 0 = Hold last state 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the output assumes if a communication fault occurs when FaultMode = 0. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Selects the behavior the output takes when transitioned into Program mode. ProgValue defines the value to go to when set to user-defined value. · 0 = Hold last state · 1 = Go to a user-defined value Defines the value that the output takes when the · 0 = The output state is Off during Program connection transitions to Program mode if the ProgMode mode. bit is set to "User-Defined Value". · 1 = The output state is On during Program mode. If FaultValueStateDuration is nonzero, determines the final Output state after the configured FaultValueStateDuration time-out occurs. · 0 = The output state is Off after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. · 1 = The output state is On after the FaultValueStateDuration time expires. Determines if an output transitions to the Fault Mode if · 0 = Stay in Program Mode the connection faults while in Program Mode. · 1 = Go to Fault mode This value determines the length of time the Fault Mode · 0 = Hold forever (default). state is held before the FaultFinalState being applied. · 1, 2, 5, or 10 seconds 248 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Input Tags Table 94 describes the 5069-OW4I, 5069-OW16, 5069-OX4I module input tags. Table 94 - Relay Output High Current Module Input Tags Name Size RunMode BOOL ConnectionFaulted BOOL DiagnosticActive BOOL DiagnosticSequenceCount SINT Ptxx.Data BOOL Ptxx.Fault BOOL Ptxx.Uncertain BOOL Definition Valid Values Channel's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Mode Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition transitions from detected to not detected. Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. -128...127 The value of 0 is skipped except during module power-up. Current input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On Indicates that channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (Faulted) If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. · 0 = Good data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the degree of inaccuracy is not known. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · 1 = Uncertain data If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Output Tags Table 95 describes the 5069-OW4I, 5069-OW16, and 5069-OX4I module outputs tags. Table 95 - Relay Output High Current Module Output Tags Name Ptxx.Data Size Definition BOOL Current input value. Valid Values · 0 = Off · 1 = On Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 249 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions MOD Power 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK Module Tags Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module. Input Tags Table 96 describes the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module input tags. SA Power Compact GuardLogix Table 96 - 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK Module Input Tags Name RunMode ConnectionFaulted DiagnosticActive DiagnosticSequenceCount Ptxx.Data Ptxx.Fault Ptxx.Uncertain Ptxx.ShortCircuit Ptxx.Status Data Type BOOL BOOL BOOL SINT BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Definition Valid Values Module's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the module is not connected, it changes the tag to 1. · 0 = Connection running · 1 = Connection not running Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition transitions from detected to not detected. Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. -128...+127 The value of 0 is skipped except during module power-up. Indicates the current safety input value. · 0 = Off · 1 = On · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (faulted) or set to Not Used Indicates one of the following: · The channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · The channel is set to Not Used. If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, you must complete the steps described in Safety Input Fault Recovery on page 128 to reset this tag to 0. If the tag is 1 because the channel is set to Not Used, no action is required. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Uncertain data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the This tag is set to 1 when the module has degree of inaccuracy is not known. reached a critical operating temperature or is For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting higher the acceptable operating temperature. on page 69. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Indicates a short circuit. · 0 = No short circuit · 1 = Short circuit Indicates the status of the channel. · 0 = Bad, causing a fault · 1 = Good 250 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 96 - 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK Module Input Tags Name Testxx.Readback Testxx.Fault Testxx.Uncertain Testxx.ShortCircuit Testxx.FieldPowerOff Testxx.Status Data Type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Definition Valid Values Indicates that a 24V DC power source is present at the · 0 = 24V DC power is not present test output. · 1 = 24V DC power is present Indicates one of the following: · The channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · The channel is set to Not Used. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (faulted) or set to Not Used If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, you must complete the steps described in Safety Input Fault Recovery on page 128 to reset this tag to 0.(1) If the tag is 1 because the channel is set to Not Used, no action is required. · 0 = Good data · 1 = Uncertain data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the This tag is set to 1 when the module has degree of inaccuracy is not known. reached a critical operating temperature or is For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting higher the acceptable operating temperature. on page 69. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Indicates an output short circuit · 0 = No short circuit · 1 = Short circuit Indicates that a field power loss condition exists on the · 0 = No field power off condition channel. · 1 = Field power off condition Indicates the channel status. · 0 = Fault · 1 = Good (1) If the Point Mode for the test output is Pulse Test or Power Supply when the Short Circuit condition is detected, the condition can be corrected but you cannot set the test output to a safe state. Output Tags Table 97 describes the 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK module output tags. Table 97 - 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK Module Output Tags Name Mutingxx.Data Size Definition BOOL Indicates the current muting value Valid Values · 0 = Off · 1 = On Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 251 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions MOD Power 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Tags Safety Modules SIL2 CPU 5069-L3100ERMS2 5069-IB8S 5069-IB8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S OUTPUT 5069-OBV8S This section describes the tags that are associated with the 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK module. Input Tags Table 98 describes the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK module input tags. SA Power Compact GuardLogix Table 98 - 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Input Tags Name RunMode ConnectionFaulted DiagnosticActive DiagnosticSequenceCount Ptxx.Readback Ptxx.Fault Data Type BOOL BOOL BOOL SINT BOOL BOOL Definition Valid Values Module's operating state · 0 = Idle · 1 = Run Indicates if a connection is running. The module sets this tag to 0 when connected. If the · 0 = Connection is working module is not connected, the controller overwrites the tag · 1 = Connection is not working to 1. Indicates if any diagnostics are active or if the prognostics threshold is reached. · 0 = No diagnostics active · 1 = One or more diagnostics are active or the prognostics threshold is reached Increments for each time a distinct diagnostic condition is detected, and when a distinct diagnostic condition transitions from detected to not detected. Set to zero by product reset or power cycle. Wraps from 255 (-1) to 1 skipping zero. -128...+127 The value of 0 is skipped except during module power-up. Indicates that a 24V DC power source is connected to the · 0 = 24V DC power is not present output circuit · 1 = 24V DC power is present · 0 = Good data · 1 = Bad data (faulted) or set to Not Used Indicates one of the following: · The channel data is inaccurate and cannot be trusted for use in the application. For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting on page 69. · The channel is set to Not Used. If the tag is set to 1, you must troubleshoot the module to correct the cause of the inaccuracy. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, you must complete the steps described in Safety Output Fault Recovery on page 140 to reset this tag to 0.(1) If the tag is 1 because the channel is set to Not Used, no action is required. 252 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Table 98 - 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Input Tags Name Ptxx.Uncertain Ptxx.ShortCircuit Ptxx.FieldPowerOff Ptxx.Status Data Type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Definition Valid Values · 0 = Good data · 1 = Uncertain data Indicates that the channel data can be inaccurate but the This tag is set to 1 when the module has degree of inaccuracy is not known. reached a critical operating temperature or is For more information, see Module Data Quality Reporting higher the acceptable operating temperature. on page 69. IMPORTANT: Once the condition that causes the tag to change to 1 is removed, the tag automatically resets to 0. Indicates a short circuit · 0 = No short circuit · 1 = Short circuit Indicates that a field power loss condition exists on the · 0 = No field power off condition channel. · 1 = Field power off condition Indicates the channel status. · 0 = Bad, causing fault · 1 = Good (1) If the Point Mode for the test output is Pulse Test or Power Supply when the Short Circuit condition is detected, the condition can be corrected but you cannot set the test output to a safe state. Output Tags Table 99 describes the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK module output tags. Table 99 - 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Output Tags Name Ptxx.Data Size Definition BOOL Indicates the current output value. Valid Values · 0 = Off · 1 = On Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 253 Appendix B Module Tag Definitions Notes: 254 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Before You Begin C Appendix Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules Topic Page Before You Begin 255 Connection Details 256 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK Module Wiring Diagrams 258 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Wiring Diagrams 261 Wiring Faults on Safety Modules 269 This appendix provides example wiring diagrams for the Compact 5000TM I/O safety modules that can be used in functional safety applications. The wiring configuration affects the safety application level to which a Compact 5000 I/O safety module is suitable. IMPORTANT This section shows example wiring diagrams on the 5069-IB8S safety input module and the 5069-OBV8S safety output module. The same diagrams also apply when you use the 5069-IB8SK safety input module and the 5069-OBV8SK safety output module, respectively. Before you wire your module, remember the following: A system can have multiple SA power buses. You use 5069-FPD field potential distributors to establish a new SA power bus. SA power buses are isolated from each other. The SA Power to adjacent SA Power electrical isolation that the 5069-FPD field potential distributor provides has a rating of 240V AC (continuous) reinforced insulation type. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 255 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules Connection Details Table 100 shows the input device connection methods and their respective safety categories. IMPORTANT You must use an SELV/PELV-listed power supply with the safety modules. Table 100 - Input Device Connection Methods Connected Device Test Pulse from Test Output Connection Schematic Diagram(1) Safety Category Push button No Connect the device between a 24V DC power supply and the safety input. 24V DC 1 Safety Input x Connect the device between the Yes safety input and the test output. You must configure the test output as Safety Test Pulse. Safety Input x 2 Test Output x Emergency stop button Door monitoring switch Connect devices between the safety inputs and a test output. The test output must be connected to a 24V DC power supply. No Connect devices between a 24V DC SELV/PELV-listed power supply and the safety inputs. 24V DC Safety Input x Safety Input x Test Output x 3 Safety Input x Safety Input x Yes Connect devices between the safety inputs and the test outputs. Safety Input x Safety Input x 4 Test Output x Test Output x 256 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Table 100 - Input Device Connection Methods Connected Device Test Pulse from Test Output Connection Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules Schematic Diagram(1) Safety Category Single-channel SIL 3 device No Connect the device between a 24V DC power supply and the safety input. 24V DC Safety Input x Connect device between the safety Yes inputs and a test output. The test output must be connected to a 24V DC power supply. 3 Safety Input x Test Output x Light curtain Connect light curtain to consecutive safety inputs, respectively, for Yes example, Safety Inputs 0 and 1. Connect the 24V DC SELV/PELV-listed power supply. (1) X represents the channel number. OSSD1 Light Curtain OSSD2 + 24V DC Safety Input x Safety Input x COMMON 3 or 4 Based on the light curtain that is being used. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 257 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules 5069-IB8S or 5069-IB8SK Module Wiring Diagrams When the module is wired as shown, it is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, Category 3 as defined in ISO 13849-1. Important: · The switches are suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, SIL CL3, PLe, Cat. 3. · The light curtain is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, SIL CL3, PLe, Cat. 4. Channel Connections The diagram shows devices that are connected to safety input channels 0, 1, 6, and 7. You are not restricted to using only those channels. You can connect devices to any safety input channel or combination of channels as needed. SA Power Connections to an external power supply that provides SA power via the SA Power RTB on one of the following: · Compact GuardLogix 5380 controller · 5069-AENTR or 5069-AEN2TR EtherNet/IPTM Adapter · 5069-FPD field potential distributor IMPORTANT: Remember the following: · The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules use DC SA power. You must connect DC power to the component, that is, controller, adapter, or field potential distributor, that provides SA Power to the modules. · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. · The SA Power to adjacent SA Power electrical isolation that the 5069-FPD field potential distributor provides has a rating of 240V AC (continuous) reinforced insulation type. 5069-IB8S + 24V DC SELV/PELV- listed power supply Safety Input 0 Safety Input 1 Safety Input 2 Safety Input 3 Safety Input 4 Safety Input 5 OSSD1 Light Curtain OSSD2 Safety Input 6 Safety Input 7 Test Output 0 Test Output 0 Test Output 1 Test Output 1 Test Output/Muting Output 2 Test Output/Muting Output 2 Test Output/Muting Output 3 Test Output/Muting Output 3 COM COM 258 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules When the module is wired as shown, and the requirements listed are met in the project of the safety controller, it is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, Category 4 as defined in ISO 13849-1. To achieve that suitability rating, you may have to perform diagnostic testing and monitoring of the safety function. One diagnostic test method is to configure the safety input channel for Safety Pulse Test to test the circuit for short circuits to 24V DC. Safety input pairs must be associated with different Test Output sources. Channel Connections The diagram shows devices that are connected to safety input channels 0 and 1, and to test outputs 0 and 1. You are not restricted to using only those safety input channels. You can connect devices to any channel or combination of channels as needed. SA Power Connections to an external power supply that provides SA power via the SA Power RTB on one of the following: · Compact GuardLogix 5380 controller · 5069-AENTR or 5069-AEN2TR EtherNet/IP Adapter · 5069-FPD field potential distributor IMPORTANT: Remember the following: · The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules use DC SA power. You must connect DC power to the component, that is, controller, adapter, or field potential distributor, that provides SA Power to the modules. · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. IMPORTANT: When the power supply and muting lamp are configured for a test output, you must connect the return wire on the device to a COM point on the module. Muting Lamp 5069-IB8S Safety Input 0 0 Safety Input 1 1 Safety Input 2 2 Safety Input 3 3 Safety Input 4 4 Safety Input 5 5 Safety Input 6 6 Safety Input 7 7 Test Output 0 8 Test Output 0 9 Test Output 1 10 Test Output 1 11 Test Output/Muting Output 2 12 Test Output/Muting Output 2 13 Test Output/Muting Output 3 14 Test Output/Muting Output 3 15 COM 16 COM 17 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 259 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules When the module is wired as shown, and the requirements listed are met in the project of the safety controller, it is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, Category 3 as defined in ISO 13849-1. To achieve that suitability rating, you must meet the following requirements: · Fault Exclusion is External Wiring fault. · Use a SIL CL3, PLd, Cat. 3 qualified sensor. · One of the following configuration combinations: Input Point Mode = Safety Pulse Test Test Output Mode = Pulse Test Channel Connections The diagram shows devices that are connected to safety input channel 0 and test output channel 0. You are not restricted to using only those channels. You can connect devices to any safety input channel or combination of channels as needed. We recommend that you connect even-numbered input points to even-numbered test output points and oddnumbered input points to odd-numbered test output points. This wiring practice can maximize diagnostic independence and separation. Input Point Mode = Safety Test Output Mode = Power Supply SIL CL3, PLd, Cat. 3 qualified sensor 5069-IB8S SA Power Connections to an external power supply that provides SA power via the SA Power RTB on one of the following: · Compact GuardLogix 5380 controller · 5069-AENTR or 5069-AEN2TR EtherNet/IP Adapter · 5069-FPD field potential distributor IMPORTANT: Remember the following: · The 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules use DC SA power. You must connect DC power to the component, that is, controller, adapter, or field potential distributor, that provides SA Power to the modules. · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. · The SA Power to adjacent SA Power electrical isolation that the 5069-FPD field potential distributor provides has a rating of 240V AC (continuous) reinforced insulation type. Safety Input 0 Safety Input 1 Safety Input 2 Safety Input 3 Safety Input 4 Safety Input 5 Safety Input 6 Safety Input 7 Test Output 0 Test Output 0 Test Output 1 Test Output 1 Test Output/Muting Output 2 Test Output/Muting Output 2 Test Output/Muting Output 3 Test Output/Muting Output 3 COM COM 260 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Wiring Diagrams Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules You can use the safety output modules in Bipolar mode or Sourcing mode. Bipolar Mode When the module is wired as shown, and the requirements listed are met in the project of the safety controller, it is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, Category 4 as defined in ISO 13849-1. To achieve that suitability rating, you may have to perform diagnostic testing and monitoring of the safety function. One diagnostic test method is to configure the safety output channel for Safety Pulse Test to test the circuit for short circuits to 24V DC. · We strongly recommend that you connect separate shielded cables to the P terminal and the N terminal to reduce the possibility of a wire short between the terminals. If a wire-short fault is detected across the P-N pair, the module outputs are turned off, but the actuator that is connected to it remains on. · Configure the application so that No Load and Overload conditions are only detectable at the P terminal. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 261 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules For Cat.4 applications, if your application remains in safe state, that is, the output is off, for a prolonged duration, we recommend that you take one of the following actions: · Apply output monitoring at the actuator. The monitoring can be direct or indirect. · Limit the safe state to no more than 24 hours. · Conduct functional test if safe state dwell time increases. Actuator LA Power In this wiring configuration, you must connect the LA+ terminal to an SELV/PELV-listed power supply. The LA+ and LA- on the actuator must be connected to the same power supply as the LA+ and LA- on the module. OUTPUT Connection Pairs The terminals for each channel function as a Bipolar connection pair when you use a 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OB8VSK module in Bipolar switching mode. For example, the Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) terminal and Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) terminal are a Bipolar connection pair. That is, they are a P-N pair. When the module is in Bipolar switching mode, you must connect the device to both terminals. Channel Connections This wiring example shows connections to the P-N pair for Safety Output 0. You are not limited to using channel 0 in this mode. You can use all channel pairs as determined by your application. LA Power The Local Actuator (LA+ and LA ) power connections are used to supply field-side power to the module. · The 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules do not draw current from the SA Power bus. Still, the modules are DC-type modules and you must install them on a DC SA Power bus. · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. · We strongly recommend that, if you have a direct connection between the safety output module and an input module and those modules are powered by separate power supplies, that you connect SA- and LA- together. This practice helps to eliminate grounding float from disrupting diagnostics. LA + K1 K2 LA M 24V DC + SELV/PELV-listed power supply 5069-OBV8S Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) 0 Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) 1 Safety Output 1 P (Sourcing) 2 Safety Output 1 N (Sinking) 3 Safety Output 2 P (Sourcing) 4 Safety Output 2 N (Sinking) 5 Safety Output 3 P (Sourcing) 6 Safety Output 3 N (Sinking) 7 Safety Output 4 P (Sourcing) 8 Safety Output 4 N (Sinking) 9 Safety Output 5 P (Sourcing) 10 Safety Output 5 N (Sinking) 11 Safety Output 6 P (Sourcing) 12 Safety Output 6 N (Sinking) 13 Safety Output 7 P (Sourcing) 14 Safety Output 7 N (Sinking) 15 LA + 16 LA 17 262 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules When the module is wired as shown, and the requirements listed are met in the project of the safety controller, it is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, Category 4 as defined in ISO 13849-1. To achieve that suitability rating, you may have to perform diagnostic testing and monitoring of the safety function. One diagnostic test method is to configure the safety output channel for Safety Pulse Test to test the circuit for short circuits to 24V DC. Configure the application so that a No Load fault can only be detected if the wires from both the P- terminal and the N- terminal are disconnected. For Cat.4 applications, if your application remains in safe state, that is, the output is off, for a prolonged duration, we recommend that you take one of the following actions: · Apply output monitoring at the actuator. The monitoring can be direct or indirect. · Limit the safe state to no more than 24 hours. · Conduct functional test if safe state dwell time increases. Connection Pairs The terminals for each channel function as a Bipolar connection pair when you use a 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OB8VSK module in Bipolar switching mode. For example, the Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) terminal and Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) terminal are a Bipolar connection pair. That is, they are a P-N pair. When the module is in Bipolar switching mode, you must connect the device to both terminals. OUTPUT Channel Connections This wiring example shows connections to the P-N pair for Safety Output 0. You are not limited to using channel 0 in this mode. You can use all channel pairs as determined by your application. LA Power The Local Actuator (LA+ and LA ) power connections are used to supply field-side power to the module. · The 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules do not draw current from the SA Power bus. Still, the modules are DC type modules, and you must install them on a DC SA Power bus. · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. · We strongly recommend that, if you have a direct connection between the safety output module and an input module and those modules are powered by separate power supplies, that you connect SA- and LA- together. This practice helps to eliminate grounding float from disrupting diagnostics. K1 K2 M 24V DC + SELV/PELV-listed power supply 5069-OBV8S Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) 0 Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) 1 Safety Output 1 P (Sourcing) 2 Safety Output 1 N (Sinking) 3 Safety Output 2 P (Sourcing) 4 Safety Output 2 N (Sinking) 5 Safety Output 3 P (Sourcing) 6 Safety Output 3 N (Sinking) 7 Safety Output 4 P (Sourcing) 8 Safety Output 4 N (Sinking) 9 Safety Output 5 P (Sourcing) 10 Safety Output 5 N (Sinking) 11 Safety Output 6 P (Sourcing) 12 Safety Output 6 N (Sinking) 13 Safety Output 7 P (Sourcing) 14 Safety Output 7 N (Sinking) 15 LA + 16 LA 17 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 263 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules When the module is wired as shown, and the requirements listed are met in the project of the safety controller, it is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, Category 4 as defined in ISO 13849-1. To achieve that suitability rating, you may have to perform diagnostic testing and monitoring of the safety function. One diagnostic test method is to configure the safety output channel for Safety Pulse Test to test the circuit for short circuits to 24V DC. For Cat.4 applications, if your application remains in safe state, that is, the output is off, for a prolonged duration, we recommend that you take one of the following actions: · Apply output monitoring at the actuator. The monitoring can be direct or indirect. · Limit the safe state to no more than 24 hours. · Conduct functional test if safe state dwell time increases. · A qualified actuator must be installed, for example, in accordance with IEC 60947. Connection Pairs The terminals for each channel function as a Bipolar connection pair when you use a 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OB8VSK module in Bipolar switching mode. For example, the Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) terminal and Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) terminal are a Bipolar connection pair. That is, they are a P-N pair. When the module is in Bipolar switching mode, you must connect the device to both terminals. OUTPUT Channel Connections This wiring example shows connections to the P-N pair for Safety Output 0. You are not limited to using channel 0 in this mode. You can use all channel pairs as determined by your application. LA Power The Local Actuator (LA+ and LA ) power connections are used to supply field-side power to the module. · The 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules do not draw current from the SA Power bus. Still, the modules are DC type modules, and you must install them on a DC SA Power bus · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. · We strongly recommend that if, you have a direct connection between the safety output module and an input module and those modules are powered by separate power supplies, that you connect SA- and LAtogether. This practice helps to eliminate grounding float from disrupting diagnostics. · The SA Power to adjacent SA Power electrical isolation that the 5069-FPD field potential distributor provides has a rating of 240V AC (continuous) reinforced insulation type. Cat. 4 Actuator Subsystem 24V DC + SELV/PELV-listed power supply 5069-OBV8S Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) Safety Output 1 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 1 N (Sinking) Safety Output 2 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 2 N (Sinking) Safety Output 3 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 3 N (Sinking) Safety Output 4 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 4 N (Sinking) Safety Output 5 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 5 N (Sinking) Safety Output 6 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 6 N (Sinking) Safety Output 7 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 7 N (Sinking) LA + LA 264 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules Sourcing Mode When the module is wired as shown, it is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, Category 2 as defined in ISO 13849-1. To achieve that suitability rating, you may have to perform diagnostic testing and monitoring of the safety function. One diagnostic test method is to configure the safety output channel for Safety Pulse Test to test the circuit for short circuits to 24V DC. Channel Connections This wiring example shows connection to Safety Output 0. You are not limited to using channel 0 in this mode. You can use all channels as determined by your application. LA Power The Local Actuator (LA+ and LA ) power connections are used to supply field-side power to the module. · The 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules do not draw current from the SA Power bus. Still, the modules are DC type modules, and you must install them on a DC SA Power bus · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. · We strongly recommend that, if you have a direct connection between the safety output module and an input module and those modules are powered by separate power supplies, that you connect SA- and LAtogether. This practice helps to eliminate grounding float from disrupting diagnostics. OUTPUT K M LA 24V DC + SELV/PELV-listed power supply 5069-OBV8S Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) Safety Output 1 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 1 N (Sinking) Safety Output 2 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 2 N (Sinking) Safety Output 3 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 3 N (Sinking) Safety Output 4 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 4 N (Sinking) Safety Output 5 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 5 N (Sinking) Safety Output 6 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 6 N (Sinking) Safety Output 7 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 7 N (Sinking) LA + LA Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 265 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules When the module is wired as shown, it is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, Category 4 as defined in ISO 13849-1. To achieve that suitability rating, you may have to perform diagnostic testing and monitoring of the safety function. One diagnostic test method is to configure the safety output channel for Safety Pulse Test to test the circuit for short circuits to 24V DC. For Cat.4 applications, if your application remains in safe state, that is, the output is off, for a prolonged duration, we recommend that you take one of these actions: · Apply output monitoring at the actuator. The monitoring can be direct or indirect. · Limit the safe state to no more than 24 hours. · Conduct functional test if safe state dwell time increases. Connection Pairs When you use dual-channel sourcing wiring on the 5069-OBV8S or 5069-OBV8SK module, you must connect the devices to dualchannel connection pairs. For example, the devices are connected to channels 4 and 5 because they are a connection pair. The following channels are dual-channel connection pairs: · Channels 0 and 1 (shown) · Channels 2 and 3 · Channels 4 and 5 · Channels 6 and 7 OUTPUT Channel Connections This wiring example shows connections to Safety Output 0 P and Safety Output 1P. You are not limited to using channels 0 and 1 in this mode. You can use all channel pairs as determined by your application. LA Power The Local Actuator (LA+ and LA ) power connections are used to supply field-side power to the module. · The 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules do not draw current from the SA Power bus. Still, the modules are DC-type modules and you must install them on a DC SA Power bus. · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. · We strongly recommend that, if you have a direct connection between the safety output module and an input module and those modules are powered by separate power supplies, that you connect SA- and LA- together. This practice helps to eliminate grounding float from disrupting diagnostics. K1 K2 M LA 24V DC + SELV/PELV-listed power supply 5069-OBV8S Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) 0 Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) 1 Safety Output 1 P (Sourcing) 2 Safety Output 1 N (Sinking) 3 Safety Output 2 P (Sourcing) 4 Safety Output 2 N (Sinking) 5 Safety Output 3 P (Sourcing) 6 Safety Output 3 N (Sinking) 7 Safety Output 4 P (Sourcing) 8 Safety Output 4 N (Sinking) 9 Safety Output 5 P (Sourcing) 10 Safety Output 5 N (Sinking) 11 Safety Output 6 P (Sourcing) 12 Safety Output 6 N (Sinking) 13 Safety Output 7 P (Sourcing) 14 Safety Output 7 N (Sinking) 15 LA + 16 LA 17 266 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules When the module is wired as shown on page 268, and the requirements listed are met in the project of the safety controller, it is suitable for applications that are rated up to, and including, Category 4 as defined in ISO 13849-1. To achieve that suitability rating, you may have to perform diagnostic testing and monitoring of the safety function. One diagnostic test method is to configure the safety output channel for Safety Pulse Test to test the circuit for short circuits to 24V DC. · All power source cables must be installed separately, for example, with a separate cable duct or shielded cable. Power source cables are connections to the MOD+, SA+, or LA+ terminals. Otherwise, a Short Circuit condition between SA+ and P can be detected and the output is turned off but the actuator that is connected to it remains on. · You must connect two ground terminals. Otherwise, the maximum residual current at signal 0 cannot be maintained if only one ground line is connected and it is interrupted. For more information on residual current, see the Compact 5000 I/O Modules and EtherNet/IP Adapters Technical Data, publication 5069-TD001 · A qualified actuator must be installed, for example, in accordance with IEC 60947. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 267 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules For Cat.4 applications, if your application remains in safe state, that is, the output is off, for a prolonged duration, we recommend that you take one of the following actions: · Apply output monitoring at the actuator. The monitoring can be direct or indirect. · Limit the safe state to no more than 24 hours. · Conduct functional test if safe state dwell time increases. Channel Connections This wiring example shows connections to Safety Output 0. You are not limited to using channel 0 in this mode. You can use all channels as determined by your application. LA Power The Local Actuator (LA+ and LA ) power connections are used to supply field-side power to the module. · The 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules do not draw current from the SA Power bus. Still, the modules are DC type modules, and you must install them on a DC SA Power bus · If you install modules in a system that use AC SA power and DC SA power, you must install them on separate SA power buses. · You use a 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a new SA Power bus in a system. SA Power buses are isolated from each other. To keep the modules on separate SA Power buses, complete the following steps. 1. Install the modules that use one type of SA power, for example DC, to the right of the adapter or controller, that is, the first SA Power bus. 2. Install the 5069-FPD field potential distributor to establish a second SA Power bus. 3. Install the modules that use the other type of SA power, for example AC, on the second SA Power bus. · We strongly recommend that, if you have a direct connection between the safety output module and an input module and those modules are powered by separate power supplies, that you connect SA- and LAtogether. This practice helps to eliminate grounding float from disrupting diagnostics. OUTPUT Cat. 4 Actuator Subsystem LA 24V DC + SELV/PELV-listed power supply 5069-OBV8S Safety Output 0 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 0 N (Sinking) Safety Output 1 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 1 N (Sinking) Safety Output 2 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 2 N (Sinking) Safety Output 3 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 3 N (Sinking) Safety Output 4 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 4 N (Sinking) Safety Output 5 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 5 N (Sinking) Safety Output 6 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 6 N (Sinking) Safety Output 7 P (Sourcing) Safety Output 7 N (Sinking) LA + LA 268 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Wiring Faults on Safety Modules Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules A number of conditions can cause wiring faults on safety modules. We strongly recommend that you monitor your application to detect wiring faults as soon as they appear so you can troubleshoot and remedy the cause of the fault. Examples of wiring fault causes include the following: · Field Power Loss condition · No Load condition · Wiring short to power · Wiring short across outputs Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 269 Appendix C Application and Wiring Examples for Safety Modules Notes: 270 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Safety Data for Safety Modules D Appendix Topic Page Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Safety Data 272 Compact 5000 I/O Safety Output Module Safety Data 274 This appendix lists calculated values for probability of a dangerous failure on demand (PFD), average frequency of a dangerous failure per hour (PFH), and mean time to failure (MTTF). PFD and PFH calculations comply with IEC61508, edition 2, 2010. Calculated values of PFD and PFH appear in Table 101 on page 272 for the 5069IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules and Table 102 on page 274 for the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules. PFD and PFH must be calculated for the devices within the system to comply with the SIL level that is required for application. You are responsible for following the requirements of ISO 13849-1:20015, to assess Performance Levels in your safety system. You must functionally test every I/O module. To functionally test the modules, complete the following tasks: · Input points - Toggle every input point, and verify that the system detects the input state change within the safety reaction time (SRT). · Output points - Use the controller to toggle every output point, and verify that the output point changes state. SRT is a consideration of delays or latencies within the safety system. For more information, see the GuardLogix® 5580 and Compact GuardLogix 5380 Controller Systems Safety Reference Manual (TÜV), publication 1756-RM012. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 271 Appendix D Safety Data for Safety Modules Compact 5000 I/O Safety Input Module Safety Data Table 101 lists the safety data for the 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules. Table 101 - 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK Module Safety Parameter Data Attribute Safety Function Architecture Safe Failure Rate (s) [failures/hr] Dangerous Failure Rate (D) [failures/hr] Dangerous Detected Failure Rate (DD) [failures/hr] Dangerous Undetected Failure Rate (DU) [failures/hr] Safety Reaction Time, SRT [millisecond] Automatic Diagnostic Test Interval (TD) [hr] Useful Life [yr] Systematic Capability (SC) Safe Failure Fraction (SFF) [%] PFH PFDAVE Mission Time Diagnostic Coverage Average (DCAVE) Spurious Trip Rate (STR) MTTF [years] MTTFD [years] 10 yrs 20 yrs Point Operation Type Single Channel Dual Channel (at controller instruction level) 0 1 1.16E-06 1.49E-06 7.38E-07 1.04E-06 7.37E-07 1.04E-06 3.18E-10 2.54E-10 6 4 20 3 99.98% 99.99% 3.18E-10 2.54E-10 1.39E-05 1.11E-05 2.78E-05 2.22E-05 99.96% 99.98% 3.65E-06 60.05 4.52E-06 45.25 154.75 110.10 272 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix D Safety Data for Safety Modules Safety Reaction Time - 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK Modules Safety reaction time of Compact 5000TM I/O safety input modules is defined as follows: · SRT on Demand - The response time interval between a signal change on the input terminal and producing or providing the safety packet on the backplane. · SRT on Fault - The response time between the occurrence of an internal fault in the channel/module and the channel/module going into a safe state. · SRT on External Wiring Fault - The response time between the occurrences of an external wiring fault and the channel/s going into a safe state when the channel/s is in Safety Pulse Test mode. The following table lists SRT times for the Compact 5000 I/O safety input modules. Safety Reaction Time on demand on fault on external wiring fault Module is NOT used in continuous demand Module is used in continuous demand mode AND the safety demand rate is less mode OR the safety demand rate is more than once per 1.5 s than or equal to once per 1.5 s 6 ms 6 ms 14.3 ms 102 ms The times in the previous table are subjected to an RPI of 2 ms, Input Delay of 0 ms and Number of Input connections of 1. For different RPI values, extend the timing by the RPI value. For additional number of Input connections, extend the timing by 0.14 ms for each addition. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 273 Appendix D Safety Data for Safety Modules Compact 5000 I/O Safety Table 102 lists the safety data for the 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules. Output Module Safety Data Table 102 - 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Module Safety Data Attribute Safety Function Architecture Safe Failure Rate (s) [failures/hr] Dangerous Failure Rate (D) [failures/hr] Dangerous Detected Failure Rate (DD) [failures/hr] Dangerous Undetected Failure Rate (DU) [failures/hr] Safety Reaction Time, SRT [millisecond] Automatic Diagnostic Test Interval (TD) [hr] Useful Life [yr] Systematic Capability (SC) Safe Failure Fraction (SFF) [%] PFH PFDAVE Mission Time Diagnostic Coverage Average (DCAVE) Spurious Trip Rate (STR) MTTF [years] MTTFD [years] 10 yrs 20 yrs Output Mode Sourcing Point Operation Type Single Dual 0 1 1.17E-06 9.45E-07 9.13E-07 5.98E-07 9.12E-07 5.97E-07 3.29E-10 3.15E-10 99.98% 3.29E-10 4.5 4 20 3 99.98% 3.15E-10 1.44E-05 1.38E-05 2.89E-05 2.76E-05 99.96% 99.95% 3.65E-06 54.91 2.34E-06 74.01 125.07 190.99 Bipolar Point Operation Type Single 1 9.63E-07 6.25E-07 6.24E-07 3.14E-10 99.98% 3.14E-10 1.38E-05 2.75E-05 99.95% 2.45E-06 71.89 182.70 274 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Appendix D Safety Data for Safety Modules Safety Reaction Time - 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK Modules Safety reaction time of Compact 5000 I/O safety output modules is defined as follows: · SRT on Demand - The response time interval between the availability of the demanded safety output data on the backplane of the module and a signal change on the output channel that is associated with this demand. · SRT on Fault - the response time between the occurrence of an internal fault in the channel/module and the channel/module going into a safe state. · SRT on External Wiring Fault - The response time between the occurrences of an external wiring fault and the channels going into a safe state when the channels is/are in Safety Pulse Test mode. The following table lists SRT times for the Compact 5000 I/O safety output modules. Safety Reaction Time on demand on fault on external wiring fault Module is NOT used in continuous demand Module is used in continuous demand mode AND the safety demand rate is less mode OR the safety demand rate is more than once per 1 s than or equal to once per 1 s 4 ms 4.5 ms 8.3 ms 200 ms The times in the previous table are subjected to an RPI of 2 ms and Number of Input connections of 1. For different RPI values, extend the timing by the RPI value. For additional number of Input connections, extend the timing by 0.14 ms for each addition. Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 275 Appendix D Safety Data for Safety Modules Notes: 276 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Index Numerics 5069-AENTR, 5069-AENTRK, 5069-AEN2TR EtherNet/IP adapters connect power power supply considerations 28 5069-ARM address reserve module 27, 150 - 152 5069-FPD field potential distributor 29 operation 29 C CIP Sync Time 74 compatibility Logix 5000 controllers with Compact 5000 I/O digital modules 14 configuration reset safety modules to out-of-box configuration 196 configure with Logix Designer application 68 connection 10 connection category 5069-IA16 module 155 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16K modules 155 5069-IB16F module 155 5069-IB6F-3W module 155 5069-IB8S and 5069-IB8SK modules 188 5069-OA16 module 155 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16K modules 155 5069-OB16F module 155 5069-OB8 module 155 5069-OBV8S and 5069-OBV8SK modules 188 5069-OW16 module 155 5069-OW4I module 155 5069-OX4I module 155 connection types 35, 38 controller organizer monitor tags 179, 193 view module tags 179, 193 counters category 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16K modules 158 5069-IB16F module 160 5069-IB6F-3W module 166 D data transmission multicast method 35, 38 data types 36, 39 available with I/O modules 35, 38 discrepancy 133 - 136 E events configuration 88 event task 42 events category 5069-IB16F module 163 - 164 5069-IB6F-3W module 169 - 170 F fast I/O module CIP sync time 74 filter times digital input modules 79 firmware obtain from PCDC 73 G general category 5069-IA16 module 153 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16K modules 153 5069-IB16F module 153 5069-IB6F-3W module 153 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK modules 185 5069-OA16 module 153 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16K modules 153 5069-OB16F 153 5069-OB8 module 153 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK modules 185 5069-OW16 module 153 5069-OW4I module 153 5069-OX4I module 153 I I/O status indicators digital output module 204 - 205 safety input modules 208 safety output modules 210 standard input modules 201 - 202 standard output modules 203 - 204 input filter 5069-IA16 module 79 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16K modules 79 5069-IB16F module 79 5069-IB6F-3W module 79 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK modules 80 input filter time 157, 159, 161, 167 input points category 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK modules 191 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 277 Index L local I/O modules 19, 41, 43 locking tab 18 Logix 5000 controllers compatibility with Compact 5000 I/O digital modules 14 ownership of Compact 5000 I/O modules 24 Logix Designer application 68 configuration overview 34 connection types 35, 38 module definition safety modules 186 module tag definition 217 name module tags 218 replace a safety module 194 - 198 reserve a module slot 150 - 152 reset safety modules to out-of-box configuration 196 safety modules configuration 181 - 198 safety network number 186, 194 standard I/O module configuration 141 tag editor 219 view module tags 179, 193 M masters 10 module definition dialog box 154 safety modules 186 module info category 5069-IA16 module 156 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16K modules 156 5069-IB16F module 156 5069-IB6F-3W module 156 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK modules 190 5069-OA16 module 156 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16K modules 156 5069-OB16F module 156 5069-OB8 module 156 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK modules 190 5069-OW16 module 156 5069-OX4I module 156 module location local I/O modules 19 remote I/O modules 20 module status indicator 200 module tags definition 217 naming 218 tag editor 219 view 193 viewing 179 module types 16 multicast data broadcast method 41 N no load detection minimum time 104, 106 node address reserve with 5069-ARM module 27, 150 - 152 O ODVA 10 output state change time 114 ownership 24 multiple owners of input modules 24 P PCDC obtain firmware 73 PFD 10 See probability of failure on demand. PFH 10 See probability of failure per hour. points category 5069-IA16 module 157 5069-IB16, 5069-IB16K modules 159 5069-IB16F module 161 - 162 5069-IB6F-3W module 167 - 168 5069-OA16 module 172 5069-OB16, 5069-OB16K modules 174 5069-OB16F module 175 5069-OB8 module 173 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK modules 192 5069-OW16 module 177 5069-OW4I module 176 5069-OX4I module 178 power supply considerations 5069-AENTR, 5069-AENTRK, 5069-AEN2TR EtherNet/IP adapters 28 probability of failure on demand 10 per hour 10 proof test 10 pulse latching 92 R remote I/O modules 20, 42, 45 replace a safety module 194 - 198 reserve node address with 5069-ARM module 27, 150 - 152 reset safety modules to out-of-box configuration 196 RPI valid value 40 278 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 S SA status indicator 5069-IB8SK, 5069-IB8SK modules 208 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK modules 210 safety category 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK modules 189 5069-OBV8S, 5069-OBV8SK modules 189 safety network number 11, 186 set manually 194 scheduled output data fast I/O module 74 short circuit protection digital output modules 107 safety input modules 95 simple count mode maximum frequency 85 slaves 10 SNN 11 See safety network number. standard I/O modules configuration 141 status indicators safety input modules 207 I/O status indicators 208 SA status indicator 208 safety output modules 209 I/O status indicators 210 SA status indicator 210 standard input modules 201 I/O status indicators 201 standard output modules 203 I/O status indicators 203 - 206 T test output points category 5069-IB8S, 5069-IB8SK modules 192 thermal switch digital output modules 111 safety input modules 97 time sync category 5069-IB16F module 165 5069-IB6F-3W module 171 Index time-scheduled output accuracy 120 resolution 120 timestamping CIP sync 74 input accuracy 86 input resolution 86 selection 161, 167 sequence of events 86 troubleshooting connection category 213 general category 212 module Info category 213 module status indicator 18, 200 safety input modules I/O status indicators 208 SA status indicator 208 safety output modules I/O status indicators 210 SA status indicator 210 standard input modules I/O status indicators 201 standard output modules I/O status indicators 203 - 206 tag editor 216 V voltage range digital I/O module 16 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 279 Index 280 Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Compact 5000 I/O Digital Modules User Manual Rockwell Automation Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 281 Rockwell Automation Support Use these resources to access support information. Technical Support Center Knowledgebase Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Literature Library Product Compatibility and Download Center (PCDC) Find help with how-to videos, FAQs, chat, user forums, and product notification updates. rok.auto/support Access Knowledgebase articles. rok.auto/knowledgebase Locate the telephone number for your country. rok.auto/phonesupport Find installation instructions, manuals, brochures, and technical data publications. rok.auto/literature Get help determining how products interact, check features and capabilities, and find associated firmware. rok.auto/pcdc Documentation Feedback Your comments help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve our content, complete the form at rok.auto/docfeedback. Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) At the end of life, this equipment should be collected separately from any unsorted municipal waste. Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental information on its website at rok.auto/pec. Allen-Bradley, Compact 5000, CompactLogix, ControlLogix, expanding human possibility, GuardLogix, Integrated Architecture, Kinetix, Logix 5000, PanelView, PowerFlex, Rockwell Software, Rockwell Automation, Stratix, Studio 5000 Logix Designer are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc. CIP, CIP Safety, CIP Sync, ControlNet, DeviceNet and EtherNet/IP are trademarks of ODVA, Inc. Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies. Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.. Kar Plaza Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752, çerenkÖy, stanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400 EEE YÖnetmeliine Uygundur Publication 5069-UM004D-EN-P - October 2020 Supersedes Publication 5069-UM004C-EN-P - September 2019 Copyright © 2020 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.Acrobat Distiller 11.0 (Windows)